1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "observable.h"
58 #include "parser-defs.h"
59 #include "gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
62 #include "continuations.h"
66 #include "dummy-frame.h"
69 #include "thread-fsm.h"
70 #include "tid-parse.h"
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/readline.h"
74 #include "readline/history.h"
76 /* readline defines this. */
79 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
80 #include "extension.h"
82 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
83 #include "common/array-view.h"
84 #include "common/gdb_optional.h"
86 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
87 enum exception_event_kind
94 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
96 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
97 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)>);
99 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
102 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
103 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
104 enum bptype type_wanted
);
106 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
107 struct linespec_result
*,
108 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
109 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
111 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
113 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
114 int, int, int, unsigned);
116 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decode_location_default
117 (struct breakpoint
*b
, const struct event_location
*location
,
118 struct program_space
*search_pspace
);
120 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint
121 (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
);
123 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
125 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
127 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
128 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
129 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
131 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
133 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
134 struct symtab_and_line
,
136 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
138 static struct breakpoint
*
139 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
141 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
144 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
146 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
150 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
151 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
152 struct obj_section
*, int);
154 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
155 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
157 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
158 const struct address_space
*aspace
,
161 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
162 const address_space
*,
165 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
166 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
168 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
170 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
172 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
174 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
176 int *other_type_used
);
178 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
181 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
182 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
183 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
185 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
187 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
188 insert locations now. */
189 enum ugll_insert_mode
191 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
192 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
193 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
194 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
195 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
196 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
197 returns true on them.
199 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
200 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
201 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
202 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
203 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
204 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
208 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
209 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
212 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
213 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
214 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
215 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
216 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
217 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
218 as no thread is running yet. */
222 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
224 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
226 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
228 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
230 static void trace_pass_command (const char *, int);
232 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
234 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
236 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
238 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
241 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
243 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
244 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
245 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
246 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
248 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
249 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
251 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
252 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
254 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
256 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
258 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
259 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
261 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
262 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
264 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
265 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
266 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
267 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
268 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
269 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
271 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
272 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
273 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
274 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
280 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
282 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
283 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
284 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
285 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
287 static char *dprintf_function
;
289 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
290 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
291 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
292 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
293 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
294 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
295 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
297 static char *dprintf_channel
;
299 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
301 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
303 struct command_line
*
304 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
306 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
309 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
310 current breakpoint. */
312 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
315 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
317 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
318 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
320 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
322 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
325 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
326 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
327 if such is available. */
328 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
331 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
332 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
335 fprintf_filtered (file
,
336 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
337 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
341 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
342 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
343 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
344 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
345 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
347 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
348 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
351 fprintf_filtered (file
,
352 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
353 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
357 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
358 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
359 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
360 use hardware breakpoints. */
361 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
363 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
364 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
367 fprintf_filtered (file
,
368 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
372 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
373 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
374 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
375 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
376 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
377 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
378 processing user input. */
379 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
382 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
383 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
385 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
389 /* See breakpoint.h. */
392 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
394 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
396 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
397 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
398 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
401 else if (target_has_execution
)
403 struct thread_info
*tp
;
405 if (always_inserted_mode
)
407 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
412 if (threads_are_executing ())
415 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
416 stopped, we still have events to process. */
417 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp
)
419 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
425 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
427 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
428 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
429 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
430 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
431 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
432 condition_evaluation_auto
,
433 condition_evaluation_host
,
434 condition_evaluation_target
,
438 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
439 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
441 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
442 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
443 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
445 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
446 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
447 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
451 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
453 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
455 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
456 return condition_evaluation_target
;
458 return condition_evaluation_host
;
464 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
467 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
469 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
472 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
476 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
478 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
480 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
483 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
484 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
486 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
487 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
489 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
490 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
492 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
493 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
494 current breakpoint. */
496 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
498 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
499 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
500 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
503 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
504 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
505 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
507 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
508 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
509 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
512 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
513 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
514 to where the loop should start from.
515 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
516 appropriate location to start with. */
518 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
519 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
520 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
522 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
523 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
526 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
528 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
529 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
530 if (is_tracepoint (B))
532 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
534 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
536 /* Array is sorted by bp_locations_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
538 static struct bp_location
**bp_locations
;
540 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
542 static unsigned bp_locations_count
;
544 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
545 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
546 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
547 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
548 an address you need to read. */
550 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
552 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
553 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
554 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
555 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
556 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
558 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
560 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
561 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
562 reported by a target. */
563 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
565 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
567 static int breakpoint_count
;
569 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
570 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
571 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
572 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
573 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
575 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
577 static int tracepoint_count
;
579 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
580 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
581 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
583 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
586 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
589 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
593 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
600 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
602 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
604 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
607 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
610 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
612 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
613 breakpoint_count
= num
;
614 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
617 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
618 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
619 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
621 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
624 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
626 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
629 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
632 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::~scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
634 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
637 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
640 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
642 struct breakpoint
*b
;
649 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
650 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
653 get_breakpoint (int num
)
655 struct breakpoint
*b
;
658 if (b
->number
== num
)
666 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
667 evaluating conditions on its side. */
670 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
672 struct bp_location
*loc
;
674 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
675 evaluating conditions and if the user has
676 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
678 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
679 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
682 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
685 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
686 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
689 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
690 evaluating conditions on its side. */
693 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
695 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
696 evaluating conditions and if the user has
697 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
699 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
700 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
704 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
707 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
710 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
711 condition_evaluation_mode. */
714 set_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
715 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
717 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
719 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
720 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
722 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
723 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
724 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
728 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
729 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
731 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
732 settings was "auto". */
733 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
735 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
736 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
738 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
739 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
740 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
742 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
743 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
746 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
748 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
750 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
751 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
755 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
756 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
757 target knows about. */
758 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
759 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
760 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
764 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
770 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
771 what "auto" is translating to. */
774 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
775 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
777 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
778 fprintf_filtered (file
,
779 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
780 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
782 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
784 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
788 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
789 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
790 the more general bp_locations_compare function. */
793 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
795 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
796 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
798 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
801 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
804 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
805 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
806 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
809 static struct bp_location
**
810 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
812 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
813 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
814 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
816 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
817 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
819 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
820 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
821 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
,
822 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
823 bp_locations_compare_addrs
));
825 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
826 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
829 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
830 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
831 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_locations
832 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
839 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
842 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
843 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
845 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
847 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
849 w
->cond_exp
.reset ();
853 struct bp_location
*loc
;
855 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
859 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
860 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
861 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
868 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
872 const char *arg
= exp
;
874 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
875 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
876 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
877 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
879 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
881 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
883 innermost_block
.reset ();
885 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
887 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
888 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
.block ();
892 struct bp_location
*loc
;
894 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
898 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
899 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
901 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
905 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
907 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
910 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
913 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
914 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
915 const char *text
, const char *word
)
919 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
920 space
= skip_to_space (text
);
924 struct breakpoint
*b
;
928 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
929 if (!isdigit (text
[1]))
930 complete_internalvar (tracker
, &text
[1]);
934 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
941 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
943 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
945 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> copy (xstrdup (number
));
946 tracker
.add_completion (std::move (copy
));
953 /* We're completing the expression part. */
954 text
= skip_spaces (space
);
955 expression_completer (cmd
, tracker
, text
, word
);
958 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
961 condition_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
963 struct breakpoint
*b
;
968 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
971 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
973 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
976 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
978 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
979 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
980 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
981 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
982 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
986 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
987 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
988 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
990 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
992 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
993 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
998 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1001 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1002 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1003 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1006 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1008 struct command_line
*c
;
1010 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1014 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1015 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1016 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1018 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1019 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1021 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1022 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1023 command directly. */
1024 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1025 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1027 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1028 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1032 struct longjmp_breakpoint
: public breakpoint
1034 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override
;
1037 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1040 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type
)
1042 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1043 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1044 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1048 is_longjmp_type (bptype type
)
1050 return type
== bp_longjmp
|| type
== bp_exception
;
1054 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1056 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1059 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1062 static std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
>
1063 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type
)
1067 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
1068 b
= new tracepoint ();
1069 else if (is_longjmp_type (type
))
1070 b
= new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1072 b
= new breakpoint ();
1074 return std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> (b
);
1077 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1078 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1082 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1083 struct command_line
*commands
)
1085 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1087 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1088 struct command_line
*c
;
1089 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1091 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1092 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1096 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1097 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1098 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1099 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1100 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1101 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1102 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1103 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1104 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1105 tracepoint's context. */
1106 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1108 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1110 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1111 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1112 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1113 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1114 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1115 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1118 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1119 "can be used only once"));
1124 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1128 struct command_line
*c2
;
1130 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1131 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1132 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1134 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1135 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1141 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1145 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1146 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1149 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1151 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1152 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1153 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1156 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1158 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1159 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1160 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1166 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1167 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1170 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1171 command_line_up
&&commands
)
1173 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1175 b
->commands
= std::move (commands
);
1176 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1179 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1180 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1184 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1186 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1189 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1190 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1193 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1194 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1197 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1199 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1202 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1203 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1206 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1207 breakpoint work for any task. */
1210 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1212 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1215 if (old_task
!= task
)
1216 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1220 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1222 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) closure
;
1224 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1228 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1229 struct command_line
*control
)
1231 counted_command_line cmd
;
1233 std::string new_arg
;
1235 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1237 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1238 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1240 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1241 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1242 arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1245 map_breakpoint_numbers
1246 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
1250 if (control
!= NULL
)
1251 cmd
= copy_command_lines (control
->body_list
[0]);
1255 = string_printf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1256 "%s, one per line."),
1259 cmd
= read_command_lines (&str
[0],
1262 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1267 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1269 if (b
->commands
!= cmd
)
1271 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, cmd
.get ());
1273 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1279 commands_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1281 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1284 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1285 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1287 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1288 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1289 enum command_control_type
1290 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1292 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1293 return simple_control
;
1296 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1299 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1301 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1305 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1306 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1311 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1312 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1315 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1316 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1317 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1320 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1321 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1322 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1323 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1324 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1326 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1327 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1331 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1332 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1334 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1338 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1340 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1341 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1343 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1345 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1350 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1352 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1357 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1358 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1360 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1361 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1362 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1366 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1368 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1369 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1372 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1374 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1375 shadow_contents buffer. */
1376 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1377 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1378 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1380 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1382 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1383 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1387 const unsigned char *bp
;
1388 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1391 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1392 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1393 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1395 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1397 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1399 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1400 breakpoint's INSN. */
1401 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1405 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1406 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1408 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1409 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1410 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1412 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1413 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1414 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1415 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1416 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1417 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1418 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1419 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1421 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1424 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1425 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1426 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1428 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1430 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1432 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1433 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1434 report higher one. */
1437 bc_r
= bp_locations_count
;
1438 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1440 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1442 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1443 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1445 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1446 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1447 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1448 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1450 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1451 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1452 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1454 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1456 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1463 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1464 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1465 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1466 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1467 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1470 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1472 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1473 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1474 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1477 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1480 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1482 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations_count
; bc
++)
1484 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1486 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1487 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1488 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1491 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1494 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1495 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1496 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1499 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1502 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1503 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1509 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1513 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1515 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1516 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1517 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1520 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1523 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1525 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1526 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1527 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1530 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1534 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1536 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1537 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1540 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1541 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1542 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1543 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1544 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1545 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1546 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1547 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1550 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1552 return (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
1553 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1554 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1555 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1558 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1559 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1562 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1564 if (w
->related_breakpoint
!= w
)
1566 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1567 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== w
);
1568 w
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1569 w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
->related_breakpoint
;
1570 w
->related_breakpoint
= w
;
1572 w
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1575 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1578 static struct value
*
1579 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1581 struct value
*bit_val
;
1586 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1588 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1591 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1598 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1599 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1600 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1601 to be able to report stops. */
1604 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1605 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1607 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1609 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1610 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1611 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1612 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1615 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1616 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1619 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1621 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1623 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1624 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1625 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1628 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1629 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1630 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1631 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1633 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1635 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1636 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1639 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1640 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1641 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1642 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1643 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1644 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1645 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1646 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1648 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1649 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1650 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1651 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1652 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1653 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1654 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1655 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1658 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1659 hardware watchpoints:
1661 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1662 called several times when GDB stops.
1665 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1666 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1667 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1668 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1669 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1670 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1671 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1672 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1673 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1674 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1675 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1677 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1678 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1681 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1683 int within_current_scope
;
1684 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1687 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1688 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1689 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1690 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1693 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1698 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1699 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1700 within_current_scope
= 1;
1703 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1704 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1705 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1707 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1708 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1709 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1710 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1711 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1714 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1715 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1716 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1717 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1720 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1722 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1723 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1724 if (within_current_scope
)
1728 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1729 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1730 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1733 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1738 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1739 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1740 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1741 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1742 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1743 be completely different objects. */
1747 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1748 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1749 locations (re)created below. */
1750 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1752 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1755 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1759 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1760 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1761 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1762 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1763 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1764 if (!target_has_execution
)
1766 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1767 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1768 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1769 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1771 if (b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1772 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1774 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1775 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1778 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1781 std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> val_chain
;
1782 struct value
*v
, *result
, *next
;
1783 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1785 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1787 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1788 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1789 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1790 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1791 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1793 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
1795 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1796 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1797 b
->val
= release_value (v
);
1801 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1803 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1804 gdb_assert (!val_chain
.empty ());
1805 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: val_chain
)
1809 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1810 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1811 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1812 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1813 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1814 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1815 && (v
== val_chain
[0] || ! value_lazy (v
)))
1817 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1819 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1820 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1821 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1823 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1824 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1827 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
1828 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1829 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1831 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1833 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1835 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1836 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1838 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1840 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1841 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1842 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1843 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
1844 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
1847 addr
= value_address (v
);
1850 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1855 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1857 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1860 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1861 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1864 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1866 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1867 loc
->address
= address_significant (loc
->gdbarch
, addr
);
1871 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
1872 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
1875 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1877 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1882 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1883 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1884 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1889 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1890 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1892 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1896 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1899 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1900 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1901 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1903 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1904 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1905 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1906 this watchpoint in as well. */
1908 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1909 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1910 hardware watchpoint type. */
1912 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1913 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1915 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1916 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1917 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1918 through watch_command), so always account for it
1921 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1922 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1924 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1925 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
1928 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1929 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1931 int sw_mode
= b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
);
1933 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1934 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1935 "hardware watchpoint."));
1936 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1937 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1938 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1940 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1941 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1945 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1946 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1947 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1952 else if (!b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1954 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1955 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1956 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1958 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1959 "read/access watchpoint."));
1962 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1964 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1965 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1966 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1967 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1970 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1971 above left it without any location set up. But,
1972 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1973 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1974 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
1975 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b
, frame_pspace
);
1977 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1979 printf_filtered (_("\
1980 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1981 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1983 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1986 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1988 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1992 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1993 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1994 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1995 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1996 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1998 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2000 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2003 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2006 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2009 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2012 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2013 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2014 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2015 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2016 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2017 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2018 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2019 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2020 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2023 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2024 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2025 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2027 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2028 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2029 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2031 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2032 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2033 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2034 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2035 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2036 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2037 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2038 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2039 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2043 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2044 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2045 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2046 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2051 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2052 instruction that triggered one. */
2053 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2054 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2058 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2059 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2060 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2061 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2070 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2071 that the location is not duplicated. */
2074 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2077 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2080 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2081 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2085 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2086 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2087 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2088 any error during parsing. */
2090 static agent_expr_up
2091 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2096 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2098 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2099 that may show up. */
2102 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2105 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2107 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2108 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2109 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2113 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2117 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2118 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2119 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2120 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2121 one of them is true. */
2124 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2126 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2127 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2128 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2129 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2131 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2132 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2134 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2135 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2136 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2138 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2139 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2142 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2143 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2144 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2145 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2146 response back to GDB. */
2147 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2150 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2154 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2155 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2156 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2157 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2158 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2162 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2163 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2164 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2166 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2172 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2173 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2174 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2176 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2177 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2178 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2180 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2183 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2185 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2187 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2190 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2195 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2196 for this location's address. */
2197 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2201 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2202 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2203 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2206 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2207 to send the conditions to the target. */
2208 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2215 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2216 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2217 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2219 static agent_expr_up
2220 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2222 const char *cmdrest
;
2223 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2224 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2231 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2233 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2235 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2236 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2238 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2240 format_pieces
fpieces (&cmdrest
);
2242 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2244 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2245 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2247 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2249 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2250 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2252 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2254 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2256 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2258 std::vector
<struct expression
*> argvec
;
2259 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2264 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2265 argvec
.push_back (expr
.release ());
2267 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2271 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2273 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2274 that may show up. */
2277 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2278 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2279 argvec
.size (), argvec
.data ());
2281 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2283 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2284 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2285 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2289 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2293 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2294 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2295 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2298 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2300 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2301 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2302 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2303 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2305 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2306 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2308 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2311 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2312 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2315 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2316 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2317 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2319 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2322 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2323 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2324 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2328 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2329 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2330 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2331 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2332 response back to GDB. */
2333 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2336 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2340 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2341 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2342 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2343 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2345 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2346 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2349 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2350 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2351 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2353 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2359 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2361 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2363 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2366 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2367 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2369 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2371 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2374 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2379 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2380 for this location's address. */
2381 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2384 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2385 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2386 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2387 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2390 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2391 to send the commands to the target. */
2392 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2396 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2397 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2398 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2399 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2402 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2403 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2404 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2408 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2410 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2412 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2413 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2415 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
->ptid
);
2417 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2421 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2424 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2425 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2426 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2427 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2430 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2431 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2433 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2434 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2435 int *disabled_breaks
,
2436 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2437 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2439 gdb_exception bp_excpt
= exception_none
;
2441 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2444 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2445 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2446 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2447 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2448 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2449 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2450 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2451 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2452 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2453 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2454 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2455 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2457 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2458 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2459 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2460 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2462 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2464 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2465 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2466 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2467 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2470 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2471 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2473 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2475 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2476 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2477 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2479 Two important cases are:
2480 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2481 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2482 hardware breakpoint.
2483 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2484 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2485 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2488 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2489 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2490 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2491 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2493 struct mem_region
*mr
2494 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2498 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2500 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2502 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2503 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2505 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2507 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2509 static int said
= 0;
2511 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2514 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2515 _("Note: automatically using "
2516 "hardware breakpoints for "
2517 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2522 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2523 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2525 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2526 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2527 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2528 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2530 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2536 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2537 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2538 || bl
->section
== NULL
2539 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2541 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2546 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2548 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2550 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2558 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2559 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2560 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2562 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2563 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2564 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2565 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2566 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2570 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2572 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2573 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2574 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2576 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2581 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2582 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2583 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2584 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2585 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2588 = gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2590 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2596 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2597 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2598 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2599 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2603 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2604 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2606 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2611 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2613 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2615 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2623 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2624 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2629 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2631 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2633 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2634 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2635 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2636 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2637 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2638 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2639 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2640 errors as memory errors. */
2641 if (bp_excpt
.reason
== RETURN_ERROR
2642 && (bp_excpt
.error
== GENERIC_ERROR
2643 || bp_excpt
.error
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2644 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2645 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2646 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2649 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2650 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2651 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bl
->owner
);
2652 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2654 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2655 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2657 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2658 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2659 "library breakpoints:\n");
2661 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2662 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2663 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2668 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2670 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2671 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
;
2672 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2673 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2675 bp_excpt
.message
? ":" : ".\n");
2676 if (bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
)
2677 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n",
2682 if (bp_excpt
.message
== NULL
)
2685 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2686 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2688 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2689 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2691 bl
->owner
->number
, message
.c_str ());
2695 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2696 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2711 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2712 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2713 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2714 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2718 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2719 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2721 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2723 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2724 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2725 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2727 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2729 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2730 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2732 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2734 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2735 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2739 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2740 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2747 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2748 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2751 /* Back to the original value. */
2752 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2756 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2759 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2763 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2764 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2766 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2769 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2773 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2774 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2776 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2779 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2781 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2782 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2783 so just return success. */
2790 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2791 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2795 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2797 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2798 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2800 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2801 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2803 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2804 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2807 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2808 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2809 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2811 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2813 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2815 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2816 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2817 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2819 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2820 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2822 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2828 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2829 removed locations above. */
2830 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2833 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2834 Throws exception on any error.
2835 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2836 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2838 insert_breakpoints (void)
2840 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2842 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2843 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2845 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2847 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2850 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2851 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2852 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2853 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
2856 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2859 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2861 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2863 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2865 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2869 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2870 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2871 always-inserted mode. */
2874 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2876 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2879 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2880 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2881 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2883 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2885 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2886 there was an error. */
2887 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2889 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2891 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2893 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2895 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2898 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2899 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2900 deletion of breakpoints. */
2901 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2904 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2906 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2907 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2908 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2909 insert breakpoints. */
2910 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2911 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2914 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2915 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2922 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
2923 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2927 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2930 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2932 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2933 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2936 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2937 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2938 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2940 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2942 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2943 there was an error. */
2944 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2946 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2948 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2950 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2953 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2954 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2955 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2956 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2957 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2960 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2962 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2963 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2964 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2965 insert breakpoints. */
2966 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2967 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2970 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2971 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2976 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2977 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2978 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2980 int some_failed
= 0;
2981 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2983 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2986 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2989 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2992 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2993 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3000 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3002 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
3004 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3005 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
3006 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3014 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3015 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3016 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3018 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3019 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3021 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3022 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3026 /* Used when the program stops.
3027 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3028 removing a breakpoint location. */
3031 remove_breakpoints (void)
3033 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3036 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3038 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3039 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3044 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3048 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3050 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3052 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3054 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3056 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3058 printf_filtered (_("\
3059 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3060 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3062 /* Hide it from the user. */
3068 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3071 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3073 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3075 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3077 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3079 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3082 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3084 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3092 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3094 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3095 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3096 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3097 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3098 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3099 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3101 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3104 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3107 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3108 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3112 static struct breakpoint
*
3113 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3114 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3115 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3117 symtab_and_line sal
;
3119 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3120 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3122 breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3123 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3124 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3129 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3131 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3133 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3135 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3136 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3138 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3139 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
{};
3141 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3142 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
] {};
3144 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3145 int longjmp_searched
= 0;
3147 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). These are non-owning
3149 std::vector
<probe
*> longjmp_probes
;
3151 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3152 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
{};
3154 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3155 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
{};
3157 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3158 int exception_searched
= 0;
3160 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). These are non-owning
3162 std::vector
<probe
*> exception_probes
;
3165 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3167 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3168 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3170 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3173 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3175 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3178 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3179 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3181 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3182 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3184 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3186 bp_objfile_data
= ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*)
3187 objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
));
3188 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3190 bp_objfile_data
= new breakpoint_objfile_data ();
3191 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3193 return bp_objfile_data
;
3197 free_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3199 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3200 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*) data
;
3202 delete bp_objfile_data
;
3206 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3208 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3209 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3211 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3213 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3214 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3216 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3218 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3220 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3223 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3225 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3227 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3228 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3230 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3231 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3234 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3237 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3238 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3240 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3241 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3242 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3243 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3245 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3247 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3248 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3252 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3253 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3259 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3261 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3263 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3265 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3267 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3269 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3271 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3274 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3275 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3277 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3279 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3281 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3283 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3284 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3288 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3291 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3293 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3294 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3298 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3299 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3302 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
.empty ())
3304 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3306 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
)
3308 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3310 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3311 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3313 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3314 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3315 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3321 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3324 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3326 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3327 const char *func_name
;
3329 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3331 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3334 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3335 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3337 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3339 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3340 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3342 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3343 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3346 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3349 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3350 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3351 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3352 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3353 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3354 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3355 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3361 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3363 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3365 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3366 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3368 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3370 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3372 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3375 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3377 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3379 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3380 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3381 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3383 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3385 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3388 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3390 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3392 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3393 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3394 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3396 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3397 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3400 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3403 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3404 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3405 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3406 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3407 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3408 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3409 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3410 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3415 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3418 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3420 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3421 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3423 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3425 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3426 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3427 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3429 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3431 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3433 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3434 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3436 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3437 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3441 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3444 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3446 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3447 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3451 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3452 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3455 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
.empty ())
3457 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3459 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
)
3461 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3463 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3464 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3465 bp_exception_master
,
3466 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3467 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3468 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3474 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3476 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3479 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3481 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3483 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3485 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3486 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3488 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3492 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3495 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3496 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3498 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3499 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3500 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3501 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3502 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3503 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3507 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3510 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3512 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
.get ());
3516 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3518 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3519 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3521 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3522 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3523 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3524 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3525 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3526 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3527 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3528 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3529 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3530 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3531 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3533 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3535 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3538 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3539 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3541 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3545 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3546 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3548 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3552 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3553 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3554 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3555 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3556 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3558 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3562 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3563 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3565 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3569 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3570 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3572 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3576 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3578 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3579 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3580 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3582 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3586 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3588 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3589 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3590 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3591 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3595 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3596 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3597 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3598 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3599 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3600 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3602 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3603 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3604 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3605 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3606 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3607 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3608 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3610 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3611 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3612 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3613 let finish_command delete it.
3615 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3616 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3617 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3618 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3619 solib breakpoints.) */
3621 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3626 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3627 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3629 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3631 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3638 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3640 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3642 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid
= make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid
);
3643 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3645 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3646 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3648 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3649 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3650 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3652 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3655 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3656 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3657 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3658 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3659 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3660 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3661 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3665 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3671 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3672 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3673 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3674 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3675 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3678 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3682 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3683 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3685 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3686 This should not ever happen. */
3687 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3689 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3690 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3692 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3693 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3694 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3696 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3697 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3698 || bl
->section
== NULL
3699 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3701 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3703 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3704 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3705 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3706 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3707 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3708 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3709 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3710 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3711 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3712 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3713 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3714 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3715 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3716 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3717 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3718 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3719 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3720 they should always be removed. */
3721 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3722 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3723 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3726 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3730 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3731 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3732 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3734 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3735 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3737 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3738 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3739 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3740 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3741 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3743 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3744 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
3747 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3748 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3751 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3752 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3753 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3754 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3756 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3757 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3758 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3759 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3760 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3761 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3767 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3772 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3773 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3774 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3775 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3776 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3777 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3778 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3779 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3780 always-inserted mode. */
3782 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3783 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3784 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3785 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
3791 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3793 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3795 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3796 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3798 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3799 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3801 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3802 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
3803 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3806 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3807 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3810 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3811 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3813 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3817 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3824 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
3826 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3827 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3829 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3830 This should not ever happen. */
3831 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3833 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3835 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3837 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
3840 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3843 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3845 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3847 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3848 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3852 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3853 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3855 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3858 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3859 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3860 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3865 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3867 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3868 struct bp_location
*bl
;
3870 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3872 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3874 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3877 mark_breakpoints_out ();
3879 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3881 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3887 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3889 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3890 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3893 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3895 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3897 case bp_shlib_event
:
3899 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3900 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3901 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3902 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3903 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3905 (gdb) file prog-linux
3906 (gdb) run # native linux target
3909 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3910 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3913 case bp_step_resume
:
3915 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3917 case bp_single_step
:
3919 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
3921 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3925 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3926 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3927 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3929 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3931 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3932 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3933 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3936 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
3937 valid. New ones will be created in
3938 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
3939 The next update_global_location_list call will
3940 garbage collect them. */
3943 if (context
== inf_starting
)
3945 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3946 insert_breakpoints. */
3947 w
->val
.reset (nullptr);
3958 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3959 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
3960 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3961 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
3964 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3965 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3966 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3967 match, not program space. */
3969 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3970 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3971 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3972 permanent breakpoint.
3973 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3974 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3975 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3976 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3977 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3979 enum breakpoint_here
3980 breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3982 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3983 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3985 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3987 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3988 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3991 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3992 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3994 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3996 if (overlay_debugging
3997 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3998 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3999 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4000 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4001 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4003 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4007 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4010 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4013 breakpoint_in_range_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4014 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4016 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4018 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4020 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4021 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4024 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4026 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4029 if (overlay_debugging
4030 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4031 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4033 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4044 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4047 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4049 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4052 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4053 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4059 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4063 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4064 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4067 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4070 if (overlay_debugging
4071 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4072 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4073 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4080 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4083 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4085 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4087 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4089 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4091 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4092 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4095 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4101 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4105 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4108 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4110 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4112 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4114 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4117 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4124 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4127 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4130 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4132 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4134 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4136 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4139 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4147 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (const address_space
*aspace
,
4148 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4150 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4152 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4154 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4156 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4157 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4160 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4163 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4164 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4168 /* Check for intersection. */
4169 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4170 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4179 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4183 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4185 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4188 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4191 bpstats::~bpstats ()
4193 if (bp_location_at
!= NULL
)
4194 decref_bp_location (&bp_location_at
);
4197 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4198 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4201 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4218 bpstats::bpstats (const bpstats
&other
)
4220 bp_location_at (other
.bp_location_at
),
4221 breakpoint_at (other
.breakpoint_at
),
4222 commands (other
.commands
),
4223 print (other
.print
),
4225 print_it (other
.print_it
)
4227 if (other
.old_val
!= NULL
)
4228 old_val
= release_value (value_copy (other
.old_val
.get ()));
4229 incref_bp_location (bp_location_at
);
4232 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4233 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4236 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4240 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4245 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4247 tmp
= new bpstats (*bs
);
4250 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4260 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4263 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4268 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4270 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4276 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4279 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4281 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4283 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4285 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4287 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4292 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4301 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4302 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4303 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4304 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4306 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4307 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4309 Return 1 otherwise. */
4312 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4314 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4317 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4319 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4320 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4321 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4322 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4323 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4325 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4327 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4331 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4334 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4336 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4339 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4342 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4346 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4348 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4349 bs
->old_val
.reset (nullptr);
4353 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4356 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4358 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4360 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4362 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4363 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4364 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4365 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4366 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4370 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4373 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4374 or its equivalent. */
4377 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4379 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4382 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4383 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4384 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4385 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4387 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4388 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4389 bpstat of the current thread. */
4392 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4397 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4399 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4402 scoped_restore save_executing
4403 = make_scoped_restore (&executing_breakpoint_commands
, 1);
4405 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4407 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4410 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4411 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4413 struct command_line
*cmd
= NULL
;
4415 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4417 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4418 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4419 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4420 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4421 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4422 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4423 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4424 the tree when we're done. */
4425 counted_command_line ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4426 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4429 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4431 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4437 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4439 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4445 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4447 if (current_ui
->async
)
4448 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4449 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4450 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4453 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4454 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4455 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4456 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4457 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4458 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4459 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4460 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4461 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4462 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4463 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4464 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4465 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4474 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4476 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4478 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4479 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4480 && target_has_execution
4481 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4482 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4483 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4484 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4485 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4486 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4487 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4490 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4493 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4496 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4499 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4502 struct value_print_options opts
;
4503 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4504 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4508 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4509 debugging multiple threads. */
4512 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4514 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4519 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4522 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4524 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4525 uiout
->field_fmt ("thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr
));
4527 name
= thr
->name
!= NULL
? thr
->name
: target_thread_name (thr
);
4530 uiout
->text (" \"");
4531 uiout
->field_fmt ("name", "%s", name
);
4535 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4539 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4540 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4541 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4542 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4545 static enum print_stop_action
4546 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4548 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4551 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4552 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4556 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4557 relevant messages. */
4558 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4561 case print_it_normal
:
4563 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4565 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4566 which has since been deleted. */
4568 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4570 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4571 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4576 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4577 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4582 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4585 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4587 bool any_deleted
= !current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.empty ();
4589 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4593 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4594 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4596 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4597 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4600 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4601 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4602 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4606 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4607 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "removed");
4608 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.size (); ix
++)
4610 const std::string
&name
= current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
[ix
];
4613 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4614 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4615 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4621 struct so_list
*iter
;
4624 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4625 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "added");
4627 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4632 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4633 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4634 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4639 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4640 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4641 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4642 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4643 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4644 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4645 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4648 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4649 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4650 code to print the location. An example is
4651 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4653 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4654 to also print the location part of the message.
4655 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4656 don't require a location appended to the end.
4657 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4658 further info to be printed. */
4660 enum print_stop_action
4661 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4663 enum print_stop_action val
;
4665 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4666 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4667 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4668 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4669 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4671 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4672 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4673 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4674 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4678 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4679 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4680 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4681 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4683 print_solib_event (0);
4684 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4687 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4688 with and nothing was printed. */
4689 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4692 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4695 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression
*exp
)
4697 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4698 bool res
= value_true (evaluate_expression (exp
));
4700 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4704 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4706 bpstats::bpstats (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4708 bp_location_at (bl
),
4709 breakpoint_at (bl
->owner
),
4713 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4715 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4716 **bs_link_pointer
= this;
4717 *bs_link_pointer
= &next
;
4722 bp_location_at (NULL
),
4723 breakpoint_at (NULL
),
4727 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4731 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4732 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4735 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4737 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4739 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4741 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4743 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4744 as not triggered. */
4746 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4748 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4750 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4756 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4758 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4759 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4761 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4763 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4765 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4771 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4772 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4776 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4778 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4779 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4781 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4782 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4784 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4786 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4787 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4789 if (newaddr
== start
)
4791 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4795 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4796 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4800 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4809 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
4810 enum wp_check_result
4812 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4815 /* The value has changed. */
4816 WP_VALUE_CHANGED
= 2,
4818 /* The value has not changed. */
4819 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
= 3,
4821 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4825 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4826 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4828 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4831 static wp_check_result
4832 watchpoint_check (bpstat bs
)
4834 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4835 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4836 int within_current_scope
;
4838 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4839 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4840 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4842 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4843 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4844 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4845 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4848 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4849 within_current_scope
= 1;
4852 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4853 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4854 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4856 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4857 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4858 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4859 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4860 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4861 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4862 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4863 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4864 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4865 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4868 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4869 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4871 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4872 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4873 if (within_current_scope
)
4875 struct symbol
*function
;
4877 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4878 if (function
== NULL
4879 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4880 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4881 within_current_scope
= 0;
4884 if (within_current_scope
)
4885 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4886 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4891 if (within_current_scope
)
4893 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4894 time before we return to the command level and call
4895 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4896 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4900 struct value
*new_val
;
4902 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4903 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4904 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4905 a mask watchpoint. */
4906 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4908 mark
= value_mark ();
4909 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
4911 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
4912 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
4914 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4915 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4916 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4917 not what we want. */
4918 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4919 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
.get (),
4922 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4923 b
->val
= release_value (new_val
);
4925 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4926 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4927 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4931 /* Nothing changed. */
4932 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4933 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4938 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4939 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4940 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4941 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4942 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4943 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4944 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4945 the first value assigned). */
4946 /* We print all the stop information in
4947 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4948 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4949 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4952 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
4954 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4956 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4958 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4959 uiout
->text ("\nWatchpoint ");
4960 uiout
->field_int ("wpnum", b
->number
);
4961 uiout
->text (" deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
4962 "which its expression is valid.\n");
4965 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4967 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4973 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4974 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4975 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4978 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4979 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4980 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4982 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4984 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4985 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4987 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4990 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4991 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4994 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4996 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4997 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4999 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5000 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5001 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5002 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5003 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5006 int must_check_value
= 0;
5008 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5009 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5011 must_check_value
= 1;
5012 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5013 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5014 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5016 must_check_value
= 1;
5017 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5018 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5019 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5020 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5021 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5022 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5023 must_check_value
= 1;
5025 if (must_check_value
)
5031 e
= watchpoint_check (bs
);
5033 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
5035 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5036 "Error evaluating expression "
5037 "for watchpoint %d\n",
5040 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5042 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5045 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5053 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5054 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5058 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5061 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5062 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5064 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5066 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5067 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5068 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5069 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5070 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5071 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5072 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5075 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5076 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5079 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5080 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5081 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5082 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5084 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5085 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5086 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5089 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5090 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5091 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5092 changes. This still gives false positives when
5093 the program writes the same value to memory as
5094 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5095 it for a read), but it's much better than
5098 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5100 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5102 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5104 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5105 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5106 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5108 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5109 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5111 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5112 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5114 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5120 if (other_write_watchpoint
5121 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5123 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5124 and the value changed since the last time we
5125 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5127 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5132 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5133 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5134 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5136 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5137 the value hasn't changed. */
5138 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5148 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5150 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5151 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5152 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5153 anything for this watchpoint. */
5154 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5160 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5161 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5162 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5163 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5166 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5168 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5169 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5171 bool condition_result
= true;
5172 struct expression
*cond
;
5174 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5176 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5177 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5178 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5179 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5180 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5182 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5183 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5184 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5186 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5187 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5193 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5194 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5196 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= ptid_to_global_thread_id (ptid
))
5197 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5204 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5206 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5208 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5210 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5212 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5215 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5217 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5219 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5220 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5222 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5223 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5224 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5225 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5227 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5229 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5230 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5234 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5235 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5236 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5237 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5238 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5240 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5241 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5244 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5246 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5247 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5248 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5249 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5250 really matter which instantiation of the function
5251 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5252 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5253 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5254 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5255 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5256 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5257 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5258 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5260 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5262 select_frame (frame
);
5264 within_current_scope
= 0;
5266 if (within_current_scope
)
5270 condition_result
= breakpoint_cond_eval (cond
);
5272 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
5274 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5275 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n");
5281 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5282 "in the current scope"));
5283 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5284 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5286 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5287 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5290 if (cond
&& !condition_result
)
5294 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5298 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5300 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5304 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5305 on the current target. */
5308 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5310 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5311 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5312 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5313 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5317 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5318 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5320 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5321 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5324 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5326 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5328 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5329 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5330 several reasons concurrently.)
5332 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5333 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5336 bpstat_stop_status (const address_space
*aspace
,
5337 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5338 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5340 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5341 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5342 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5343 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5344 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5345 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5348 int need_remove_insert
;
5351 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5352 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5353 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5354 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5355 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5356 inferior function calls. */
5360 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5363 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5365 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5366 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5367 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5368 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5369 checked all locations already. */
5370 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5373 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5376 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5379 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5382 bs
= new bpstats (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5385 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5386 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5387 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5391 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5392 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5393 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5395 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5397 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5399 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5404 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5405 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5406 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5408 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5410 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5411 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5413 bs
= new bpstats (loc
, &bs_link
);
5414 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5417 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5422 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5423 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5424 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5426 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5428 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5430 handle_solib_event ();
5435 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5436 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5437 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5441 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5446 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5447 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5450 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5455 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5457 /* We will stop here. */
5458 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5460 --(b
->enable_count
);
5461 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5462 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5467 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5468 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5469 ? bs
->commands
.get () : NULL
))
5472 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5477 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5479 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5480 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5483 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5484 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5485 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5487 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5488 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5489 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5491 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5492 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5494 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5496 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5497 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5500 if (need_remove_insert
)
5501 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5502 else if (removed_any
)
5503 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5509 handle_jit_event (void)
5511 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5512 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5515 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5517 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5518 breakpoint_re_set. */
5519 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5521 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5522 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5524 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5526 target_terminal::inferior ();
5529 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5531 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5534 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5536 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5539 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5540 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5541 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5543 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5545 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5546 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5547 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5550 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5552 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5553 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5557 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5564 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5565 case bp_single_step
:
5568 case bp_shlib_event
:
5572 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5574 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5577 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5580 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5581 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5582 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5586 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5588 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5592 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5593 This requires no further action. */
5597 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5601 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5602 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5605 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5607 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5608 case bp_exception_resume
:
5611 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5612 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5615 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5617 case bp_step_resume
:
5619 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5622 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5623 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5626 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5628 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5631 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5632 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5635 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5636 case bp_thread_event
:
5637 case bp_overlay_event
:
5638 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5639 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5640 case bp_exception_master
:
5641 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5647 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5649 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5653 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5654 This requires no further action. */
5658 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5661 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5662 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5663 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5664 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5666 case bp_std_terminate
:
5667 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5668 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5669 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5670 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5673 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5674 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5675 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5676 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5678 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5679 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5681 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5682 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5683 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5685 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5686 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5687 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5688 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5693 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5695 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5699 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5700 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5703 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5710 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
5714 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5716 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5723 handle_jit_event ();
5725 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5726 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5728 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5729 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5735 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5736 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5737 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5740 bpstat_should_step (void)
5742 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5745 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5751 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5753 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5762 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5763 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5764 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5767 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5769 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5770 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5774 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5776 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5778 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5779 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5780 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5785 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5791 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5792 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5794 "host": Host evals condition.
5795 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5796 "target": Target evals condition.
5800 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5802 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5803 char host_evals
= 0;
5804 char target_evals
= 0;
5809 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5812 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5813 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5814 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5816 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5818 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5824 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5825 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5826 else if (target_evals
)
5827 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5829 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5832 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5833 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5836 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5838 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5841 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5842 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5843 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5845 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5846 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5848 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5851 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5854 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5855 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5857 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5859 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
5861 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5865 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5867 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5868 uiout
->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5869 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5871 const struct symbol
*sym
= loc
->symbol
;
5874 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5878 uiout
->text ("in ");
5879 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5881 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5882 uiout
->text ("at ");
5884 uiout
->field_string ("file",
5885 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
5888 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5889 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5891 uiout
->field_int ("line", loc
->line_number
);
5897 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
5899 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
5903 uiout
->field_string ("pending",
5904 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5905 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
5906 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
5907 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
5908 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
5910 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
5914 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
);
5918 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5919 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5920 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5923 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
5924 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5930 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5932 struct ep_type_description
5935 const char *description
;
5937 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5939 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5940 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5941 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5942 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
5943 {bp_until
, "until"},
5944 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5945 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5946 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5947 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5948 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5949 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5950 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5951 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5952 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5953 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5954 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5955 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5956 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5957 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5958 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5959 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5960 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5961 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5962 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5963 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5964 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5965 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5966 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5967 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5968 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5969 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5970 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5971 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5972 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5975 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5976 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5977 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5978 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5981 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5984 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5985 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5988 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
5989 const char *field_name
,
5990 const std::vector
<int> &inf_nums
,
5993 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
5995 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5996 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5997 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6000 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (uiout
, field_name
);
6002 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< inf_nums
.size (); i
++)
6008 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf_nums
[i
]);
6009 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
6014 uiout
->text (" inf ");
6018 uiout
->text (plongest (inf_nums
[i
]));
6023 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6026 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6027 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6029 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6032 struct command_line
*l
;
6033 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6035 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6036 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6037 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6038 struct value_print_options opts
;
6040 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6042 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6043 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6044 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6047 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6048 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6056 if (part_of_multiple
)
6059 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6060 uiout
->field_string ("number", formatted
);
6065 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
6070 if (part_of_multiple
)
6071 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6073 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6077 if (part_of_multiple
)
6078 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6080 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6085 if (part_of_multiple
)
6086 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6088 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6093 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6095 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6096 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6097 make sure there's just one location. */
6098 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6099 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6105 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6106 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6110 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6111 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6112 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6114 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6116 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6117 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6118 is relatively readable). */
6119 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6120 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6122 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
);
6127 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6128 case bp_single_step
:
6132 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6133 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6135 case bp_exception_resume
:
6136 case bp_step_resume
:
6137 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6138 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6140 case bp_std_terminate
:
6141 case bp_shlib_event
:
6142 case bp_thread_event
:
6143 case bp_overlay_event
:
6144 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6145 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6146 case bp_exception_master
:
6148 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6149 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6152 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6153 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6154 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6157 if (header_of_multiple
)
6158 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6159 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6160 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>");
6162 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6163 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6166 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6167 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6174 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6176 struct inferior
*inf
;
6177 std::vector
<int> inf_nums
;
6182 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6183 inf_nums
.push_back (inf
->num
);
6186 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6187 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6189 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6190 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6191 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6192 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6193 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6194 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6196 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_nums
, mi_only
);
6199 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6201 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6203 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6204 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6205 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6206 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6208 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6210 uiout
->text (" task ");
6211 uiout
->field_int ("task", b
->task
);
6217 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6218 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6220 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6223 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6224 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6226 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6227 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6231 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6234 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6235 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6237 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6238 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
);
6240 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6241 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6242 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6243 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6244 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6247 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6248 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6249 uiout
->text (" evals)");
6254 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6256 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6257 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6258 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6259 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6262 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6264 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6269 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6273 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6274 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6275 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6276 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6277 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6279 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6280 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6281 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6282 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6283 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6285 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6289 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6290 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6291 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6295 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6298 uiout
->text ("\tignore next ");
6299 uiout
->field_int ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6300 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6303 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6304 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6305 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6306 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6309 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6310 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6311 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6312 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6313 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6315 uiout
->text ("next ");
6316 uiout
->field_int ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6317 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6320 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6322 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6324 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6326 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6327 uiout
->field_int ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6328 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6332 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
6333 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6336 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "script");
6337 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6340 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6342 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6344 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6346 annotate_field (10);
6347 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6348 uiout
->field_int ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6349 uiout
->text (" \n");
6352 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6354 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6356 annotate_field (11);
6358 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6359 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6360 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6366 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6367 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6372 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6374 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6376 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6378 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6380 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6381 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()) != NULL
)
6382 uiout
->field_string ("original-location",
6383 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6388 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6389 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6392 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6395 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "bkpt");
6397 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6400 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6401 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6402 locations, if any. */
6403 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6405 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6406 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6407 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6410 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6411 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6413 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6414 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6416 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6419 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6421 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6422 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6429 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6431 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6432 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6434 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6435 address to print. */
6436 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6439 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6443 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6444 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6445 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6448 return print_address_bits
;
6451 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6454 print_breakpoint (breakpoint
*b
)
6456 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6457 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6460 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6461 internal or momentary. */
6464 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6466 return b
->number
> 0;
6469 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6472 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6474 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6477 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6478 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6479 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6480 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6481 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6482 breakpoints listed. */
6485 breakpoint_1 (const char *args
, int allflag
,
6486 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6488 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6489 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6490 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6491 struct value_print_options opts
;
6492 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6493 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6494 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6496 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6498 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6499 required for address fields. */
6500 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6503 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6504 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6507 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6508 accept. Skip the others. */
6509 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6511 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6513 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6517 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6519 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6521 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6522 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6523 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6525 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6526 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6527 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6529 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6534 ui_out_emit_table
table_emitter (uiout
,
6535 opts
.addressprint
? 6 : 5,
6536 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6539 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6540 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6541 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6543 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6544 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6546 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6547 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6549 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6550 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6552 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6553 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6555 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6557 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6558 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6560 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6562 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6564 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6565 uiout
->table_body ();
6566 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6567 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6572 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6573 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6576 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6577 accept. Skip the others. */
6579 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6581 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6583 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6586 else /* all others */
6588 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6592 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6594 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6595 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6599 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6601 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6605 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6606 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6608 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6614 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6615 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6618 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6619 there have been breakpoints? */
6620 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6622 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6625 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6626 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6629 default_collect_info (void)
6631 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6633 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6634 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6636 if (!*default_collect
)
6639 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6641 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6642 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6643 uiout
->text (" \n");
6647 info_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6649 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6651 default_collect_info ();
6655 info_watchpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6657 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6658 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6660 if (num_printed
== 0)
6662 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6663 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6665 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6670 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6672 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6674 default_collect_info ();
6678 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6679 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6680 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6682 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6684 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6686 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6687 && bl
->address
== pc
6688 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6694 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6695 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6699 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6700 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6701 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6704 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6707 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6708 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6712 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6713 else /* if (others == ???) */
6714 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6716 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6719 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6720 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6721 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6722 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6723 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6724 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6725 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6726 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6730 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6732 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6733 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6734 printf_filtered (".\n");
6739 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6740 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
6741 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
6742 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6744 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6745 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
6746 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6747 breakpoint location at address zero:
6755 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6757 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6759 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6762 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6763 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6766 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6767 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6769 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6770 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6772 /* Both of them must exist. */
6773 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6774 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6776 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6777 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6778 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6779 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6780 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6781 other watchpoint. */
6783 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6785 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6786 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
6788 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6790 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6791 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
6794 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6795 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6796 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6797 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6798 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6799 become hw_access locations later. */
6800 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6801 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6802 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6803 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6806 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6809 breakpoint_address_match (const address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6810 const address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6812 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6813 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6817 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6818 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6819 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6820 space doesn't really matter. */
6823 breakpoint_address_match_range (const address_space
*aspace1
,
6825 int len1
, const address_space
*aspace2
,
6828 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6829 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6830 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6833 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6834 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6835 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6836 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6839 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6840 const address_space
*aspace
,
6843 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6846 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6847 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6851 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
6852 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
6853 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
6854 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
6855 doesn't really matter. */
6858 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6859 const address_space
*aspace
,
6860 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
6862 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6863 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
6865 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
6867 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
6873 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6874 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6875 true, otherwise returns false. */
6878 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6879 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6881 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6882 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6883 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6884 different locations. */
6885 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6890 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6891 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6892 represent the same location. */
6895 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6896 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6898 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6900 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6901 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6902 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6904 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6905 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6907 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6910 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6911 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6912 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6914 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6915 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6916 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6917 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6921 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6922 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6924 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6925 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6929 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6930 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6932 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6933 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6935 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6938 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6939 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6940 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6941 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6944 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6945 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6947 if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6948 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6949 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6950 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6951 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6953 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6954 have their addresses modified. */
6957 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
6959 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
6960 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
6961 applies to this address, then it should have already been
6962 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
6963 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
6964 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
6969 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
= bpaddr
;
6971 if (gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6973 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6974 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6975 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6978 adjusted_bpaddr
= address_significant (gdbarch
, adjusted_bpaddr
);
6980 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6981 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6983 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6984 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6986 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6990 bp_location::bp_location (const bp_location_ops
*ops
, breakpoint
*owner
)
6992 bp_location
*loc
= this;
6994 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6998 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6999 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7002 switch (owner
->type
)
7005 case bp_single_step
:
7009 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7010 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7012 case bp_exception_resume
:
7013 case bp_step_resume
:
7014 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7015 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7017 case bp_std_terminate
:
7018 case bp_shlib_event
:
7019 case bp_thread_event
:
7020 case bp_overlay_event
:
7022 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7023 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7024 case bp_exception_master
:
7025 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7026 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7028 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7029 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7031 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7032 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7033 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7035 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7036 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7037 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7038 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7043 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7044 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7045 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7048 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7054 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7056 static struct bp_location
*
7057 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7059 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7063 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7065 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7069 /* Increment reference count. */
7072 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7077 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7078 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7081 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7083 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7085 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7086 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7090 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7093 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
)
7095 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7096 struct breakpoint
*result
= b
.get ();
7098 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7099 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7101 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7103 breakpoint_chain
= b
.release ();
7108 b1
->next
= b
.release ();
7114 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7117 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7118 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7120 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7122 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7126 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7127 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7128 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7129 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7132 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7133 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7135 static struct breakpoint
*
7136 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7138 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7140 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7142 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7143 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7146 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7147 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7151 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7153 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7155 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7156 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7157 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7159 const char *function_name
;
7161 if (loc
->msymbol
!= NULL
7162 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
7165 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7167 function_name
= MSYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (loc
->msymbol
);
7169 if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7170 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7172 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7173 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7174 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7175 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7177 loc
->related_address
= loc
->address
;
7181 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &function_name
, NULL
, NULL
);
7184 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7188 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7190 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7193 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7195 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7200 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7201 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7202 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7204 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7205 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7206 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7209 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7210 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7211 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7213 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7215 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7217 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7218 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7220 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7221 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7223 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7224 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7227 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7228 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7229 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7230 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7231 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7232 is also returned as the value of this function.
7234 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7235 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7236 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7237 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7238 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7239 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7240 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7243 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7244 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7245 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7247 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7249 init_raw_breakpoint (b
.get (), gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7250 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7253 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7254 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7255 initiated the operation. */
7258 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7260 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7261 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7263 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7264 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7265 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7266 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7267 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7268 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7269 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7270 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7272 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7273 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7275 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7276 after their removal. */
7277 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7278 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7279 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7282 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7285 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7287 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7289 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7291 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7292 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7294 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7295 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7300 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7302 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7304 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7305 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7307 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7308 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7312 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7313 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7314 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7318 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7320 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7323 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7325 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7327 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7328 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7330 new_b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7332 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7334 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7337 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7338 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7339 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7340 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7346 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7347 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7350 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7351 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7355 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7357 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7359 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7360 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7362 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7364 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7365 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7366 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7367 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7370 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7372 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7374 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7375 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7376 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7378 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7383 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7385 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7388 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7390 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7391 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7392 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7397 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7399 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7402 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7404 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7405 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7406 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7410 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7411 master breakpoint. */
7413 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7415 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7417 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7418 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7419 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7421 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7422 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7426 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7428 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7430 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7432 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7433 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7434 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7438 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7440 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7442 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7443 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7445 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7446 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7447 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7449 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7454 struct lang_and_radix
7460 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7463 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7465 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7466 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7469 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7472 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7474 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7476 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7477 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7478 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7479 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7483 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7485 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7487 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7488 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7489 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7490 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7493 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7496 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7498 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7500 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7501 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7502 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7503 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7506 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7507 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7508 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7510 static struct breakpoint
*
7511 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7512 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7514 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7516 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7517 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7518 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7523 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7525 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7528 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7531 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7533 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7535 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7537 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7538 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7540 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7546 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7547 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7550 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7552 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7554 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7556 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7557 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7559 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7560 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7561 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7562 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7563 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7564 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7565 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7566 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7567 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7568 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7569 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7570 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7573 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7578 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7579 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7580 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7583 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7585 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7586 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7588 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7590 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7591 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7593 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7594 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7595 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7596 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7597 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7598 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7599 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7600 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7601 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7603 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7604 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7605 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7606 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7609 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7610 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7612 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7614 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7615 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7616 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7619 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7624 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7625 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7626 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7629 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7631 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7633 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7636 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7637 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7638 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7639 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7640 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7641 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7642 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7643 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7644 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7645 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7647 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7648 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7653 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7654 int bp_modified
= 0;
7656 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7659 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7661 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7663 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7664 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7667 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7670 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7673 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7674 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7677 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7679 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7680 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7681 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7682 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7683 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7686 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7693 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7697 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7699 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7700 catchpoint. A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points
7701 to CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7703 struct fork_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7705 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7706 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7707 catchpoint has triggered. */
7708 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7711 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7715 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7717 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7720 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7724 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7726 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7729 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7733 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7734 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7735 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7737 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7739 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7742 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7746 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7749 static enum print_stop_action
7750 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7752 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7753 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7754 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7756 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7757 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7758 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7759 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7761 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7762 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7764 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7765 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7767 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7768 uiout
->text (" (forked process ");
7769 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7770 uiout
->text ("), ");
7771 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7774 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7778 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7780 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7781 struct value_print_options opts
;
7782 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7784 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7786 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7787 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7789 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7790 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7792 uiout
->text ("fork");
7793 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7795 uiout
->text (", process ");
7796 uiout
->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7800 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7801 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
7804 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7808 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7810 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7813 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7817 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7819 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7820 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7823 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7825 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7827 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7831 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7833 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7836 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7840 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7842 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7845 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7849 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7850 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7851 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7853 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7855 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7858 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7862 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7865 static enum print_stop_action
7866 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7868 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7869 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7870 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7872 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7873 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7874 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7875 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7877 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7878 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7880 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7881 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7883 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7884 uiout
->text (" (vforked process ");
7885 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7886 uiout
->text ("), ");
7887 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7890 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7894 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7896 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7897 struct value_print_options opts
;
7898 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7900 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7901 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7902 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7904 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7905 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7907 uiout
->text ("vfork");
7908 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7910 uiout
->text (", process ");
7911 uiout
->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7915 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7916 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
7919 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7923 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7925 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7928 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7932 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7934 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7935 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7938 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7940 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7942 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7943 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7944 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7946 struct solib_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7948 ~solib_catchpoint () override
;
7950 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7951 unsigned char is_load
;
7953 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7954 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7956 std::unique_ptr
<compiled_regex
> compiled
;
7959 solib_catchpoint::~solib_catchpoint ()
7961 xfree (this->regex
);
7965 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7971 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7977 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7978 const address_space
*aspace
,
7980 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7982 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7983 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7985 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7988 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7990 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7992 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7995 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7998 if (self
->pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->pspace
)
8001 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8003 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8012 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8014 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8015 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8019 struct so_list
*iter
;
8022 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8027 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8033 for (const std::string
&iter
: current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
)
8036 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
.c_str (), 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8042 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8045 static enum print_stop_action
8046 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8048 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8049 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8051 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8052 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8053 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8054 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8056 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8057 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8059 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8060 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8061 print_solib_event (1);
8062 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8066 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8068 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8069 struct value_print_options opts
;
8070 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8073 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8074 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8075 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8077 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8080 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8087 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8089 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8094 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8096 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8098 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
8101 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8102 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8106 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8108 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8110 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8111 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8115 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8117 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8119 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8120 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8121 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8123 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8124 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8127 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8129 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8130 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8131 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8132 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8133 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8134 created in an enabled state. */
8137 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8139 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8143 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8145 std::unique_ptr
<solib_catchpoint
> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
8149 c
->compiled
.reset (new compiled_regex (arg
, REG_NOSUB
,
8150 _("Invalid regexp")));
8151 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8154 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8155 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8156 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8158 c
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8160 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8163 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8167 catch_load_or_unload (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8168 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8171 const int enabled
= 1;
8173 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8175 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8179 catch_load_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8180 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8182 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8186 catch_unload_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8187 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8189 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8192 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8193 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8194 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8195 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8198 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8199 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8200 const char *cond_string
,
8201 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8203 symtab_and_line sal
;
8204 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8206 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8208 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8209 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8213 install_breakpoint (int internal
, std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&arg
, int update_gll
)
8215 breakpoint
*b
= add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg
));
8216 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8217 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8218 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8221 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
8224 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8228 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8229 int tempflag
, const char *cond_string
,
8230 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8232 std::unique_ptr
<fork_catchpoint
> c (new fork_catchpoint ());
8234 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8236 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8238 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8241 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8243 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8244 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8245 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8247 struct exec_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8249 ~exec_catchpoint () override
;
8251 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8252 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8254 char *exec_pathname
;
8257 /* Exec catchpoint destructor. */
8259 exec_catchpoint::~exec_catchpoint ()
8261 xfree (this->exec_pathname
);
8265 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8267 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8271 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8273 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8277 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8278 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8279 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8281 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8283 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8286 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8290 static enum print_stop_action
8291 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8293 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8294 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8295 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8297 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8298 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8299 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8300 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8302 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8303 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8305 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8306 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8308 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8309 uiout
->text (" (exec'd ");
8310 uiout
->field_string ("new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8311 uiout
->text ("), ");
8313 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8317 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8319 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8320 struct value_print_options opts
;
8321 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8323 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8325 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8326 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8327 is relatively readable). */
8328 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8329 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8331 uiout
->text ("exec");
8332 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8334 uiout
->text (", program \"");
8335 uiout
->field_string ("what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8336 uiout
->text ("\" ");
8339 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8340 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8344 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8346 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8349 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8353 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8355 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8356 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8359 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8362 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8365 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8366 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8370 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8371 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8373 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8375 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8382 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8386 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8389 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8391 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8394 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8396 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8398 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8404 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8405 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8406 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8407 types _not_ TYPE. */
8410 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8411 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8414 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8416 *other_type_used
= 0;
8421 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8424 if (b
->type
== type
)
8425 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8426 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8427 *other_type_used
= 1;
8434 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8436 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8440 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8442 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8443 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8449 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8451 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8455 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8457 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8458 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8464 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8466 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8467 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8471 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8473 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8474 breakpoint_re_set ();
8477 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8480 static struct breakpoint
*
8481 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8483 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b (new breakpoint ());
8485 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8486 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8488 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8489 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8492 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8494 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
8497 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8498 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8502 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8503 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8505 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8507 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8509 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8511 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8512 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8513 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8514 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8516 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8517 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8519 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8520 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8522 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8524 return breakpoint_up (b
);
8527 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8528 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8529 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8531 static struct breakpoint
*
8532 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8534 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8537 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8539 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8540 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8541 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8543 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8544 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8545 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8546 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8547 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8548 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8549 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8550 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8551 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8552 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8553 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8554 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8556 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8557 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8558 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8560 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8564 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8568 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8570 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8574 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8578 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8581 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8583 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8585 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8586 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8588 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8592 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8595 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8597 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8598 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8600 printf_filtered ("\n");
8604 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8606 static struct bp_location
*
8607 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8608 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8610 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8611 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8612 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8614 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8615 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8617 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8618 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8619 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8620 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8621 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8622 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8623 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8626 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8627 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8628 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8629 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8634 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8635 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8636 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8637 loc
->probe
.prob
= sal
->prob
;
8638 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8639 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8640 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8641 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8642 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8643 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8644 loc
->symbol
= sal
->symbol
;
8645 loc
->msymbol
= sal
->msymbol
;
8646 loc
->objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8648 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8649 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8651 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8652 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8653 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8654 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8655 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8656 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8657 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8658 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8659 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8660 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8661 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8662 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8664 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
8671 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8674 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
8678 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8679 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8682 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8684 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8688 target_mem
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (len
);
8690 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8691 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8692 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8693 scoped_restore restore_memory
8694 = make_scoped_restore_show_memory_breakpoints (0);
8696 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8697 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8703 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8704 return 0 otherwise. */
8707 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8709 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8711 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
8712 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
8713 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8715 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc
->owner
))
8718 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
8719 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8720 return program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
8723 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8724 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8727 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8729 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8730 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8735 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8737 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8739 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8741 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8743 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8744 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8746 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8747 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8748 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8750 if (!dprintf_function
)
8751 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8753 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8754 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8759 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8763 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8765 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8766 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8769 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8770 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8774 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8775 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8777 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8778 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8780 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
= XNEW (struct command_line
);
8782 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8783 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8784 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8785 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
8786 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
8788 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, command_line_up (printf_cmd_line
));
8792 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8793 current style settings. */
8796 update_dprintf_commands (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
8797 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8799 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8803 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8804 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8808 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
8809 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
8810 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
8811 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
8814 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8815 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8816 event_location_up
&&location
,
8817 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8818 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8819 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8820 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8821 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8822 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8823 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8824 int display_canonical
)
8828 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8830 int target_resources_ok
;
8832 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8833 target_resources_ok
=
8834 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8836 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8837 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8838 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8839 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8842 gdb_assert (!sals
.empty ());
8844 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
8846 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8850 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8852 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8854 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8855 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
8858 if (&sal
== &sals
[0])
8860 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
8864 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
.release ();
8865 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
.release ();
8866 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8867 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8868 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
8870 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8871 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
8873 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
8875 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
8876 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
8878 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
8880 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8881 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8883 = &event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ())[3];
8886 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8888 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8890 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.assign (p
, endp
- p
);
8892 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8894 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8896 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
8898 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
8900 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8902 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8905 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8906 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8913 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
8914 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8920 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
8922 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
8923 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
8925 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
8928 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8929 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8930 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
8932 if (b
->extra_string
)
8933 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8935 error (_("Format string required"));
8937 else if (b
->extra_string
)
8938 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
8941 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
8942 if (location
!= NULL
)
8943 b
->location
= std::move (location
);
8945 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
8946 b
->filter
= filter
.release ();
8950 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8951 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8952 event_location_up
&&location
,
8953 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8954 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8955 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8956 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8957 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8958 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8959 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8960 int display_canonical
)
8962 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type
);
8964 init_breakpoint_sal (b
.get (), gdbarch
,
8965 sals
, std::move (location
),
8967 std::move (cond_string
),
8968 std::move (extra_string
),
8970 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
8972 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8975 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
8978 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8979 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8980 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8981 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8982 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8983 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8984 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8985 we take just a single condition string.
8987 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8988 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8989 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8990 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8991 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8994 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8995 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
8996 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8997 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8998 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8999 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9000 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9001 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9003 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9004 gdb_assert (canonical
->lsals
.size () == 1);
9006 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
->lsals
)
9008 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9009 'break', without arguments. */
9010 event_location_up location
9011 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
9012 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ()) : NULL
);
9013 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter_string
9014 (lsal
.canonical
!= NULL
? xstrdup (lsal
.canonical
) : NULL
);
9016 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
,
9017 std::move (location
),
9018 std::move (filter_string
),
9019 std::move (cond_string
),
9020 std::move (extra_string
),
9022 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9023 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9024 canonical
->special_display
);
9028 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9029 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9030 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9031 linespec locations).
9033 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9034 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9037 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
9038 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9040 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
9042 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9044 const char *spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
9048 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9049 breakpoint address. */
9050 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9052 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9053 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9054 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9055 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9056 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9057 symtab_and_line sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
9058 CORE_ADDR pc
= sal
.pc
;
9060 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9062 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9063 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9064 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9065 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9066 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9068 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9070 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9072 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9074 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
9078 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9082 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9083 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9084 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9085 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9087 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9088 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9089 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9090 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9092 const char *spec
= NULL
;
9094 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9095 spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
9099 && strchr ("+-", spec
[0]) != NULL
9102 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9103 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9104 get_last_displayed_line (),
9105 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9110 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9111 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9115 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9116 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9119 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
)
9121 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
9122 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
9125 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9126 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9127 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9128 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9129 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9133 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9134 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
)
9136 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
9138 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9140 sarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9141 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9142 associated with SAL. */
9146 if (!gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
.pc
, &msg
))
9147 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9148 paddress (sarch
, sal
.pc
), msg
.c_str ());
9152 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9153 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9154 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9155 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9156 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9157 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9160 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9161 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9164 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9171 const char *end_tok
;
9173 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9174 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9176 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
9178 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9180 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9184 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9186 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9188 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9190 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9191 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9193 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9195 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9198 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9201 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9203 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9204 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9207 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9212 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9214 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9215 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9216 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9221 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9225 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9229 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9231 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
9232 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9234 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9237 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9239 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9241 std::string
marker_str (p
, endp
- p
);
9243 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
9244 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
.c_str ());
9245 if (markers
.empty ())
9246 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"),
9247 marker_str
.c_str ());
9249 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
9250 sals
.reserve (markers
.size ());
9252 for (const static_tracepoint_marker
&marker
: markers
)
9254 symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (marker
.address
, 0);
9255 sal
.pc
= marker
.address
;
9256 sals
.push_back (sal
);
9263 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9266 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9267 const struct event_location
*location
,
9268 const char *cond_string
,
9269 int thread
, const char *extra_string
,
9271 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9273 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9274 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9275 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9278 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9279 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9282 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9284 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9286 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9287 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9288 extra_string
= NULL
;
9292 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9294 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9296 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9298 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9300 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9303 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9304 throw_exception (e
);
9306 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9308 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9309 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9310 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9311 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9312 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9315 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9316 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9317 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9318 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9322 throw_exception (e
);
9326 if (!pending
&& canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
9329 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9330 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9331 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9332 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9333 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9335 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9336 are ok for the target. */
9339 for (auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9340 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal
.sals
);
9343 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9344 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9346 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9347 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
);
9350 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9351 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9355 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string_copy
;
9356 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string_copy
;
9363 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9365 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9366 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9367 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9368 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9370 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
.sals
[0].pc
,
9371 &cond
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9372 cond_string_copy
.reset (cond
);
9373 extra_string_copy
.reset (rest
);
9377 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9378 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9379 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9381 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9383 cond_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (cond_string
));
9384 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9386 extra_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (extra_string
));
9389 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9390 std::move (cond_string_copy
),
9391 std::move (extra_string_copy
),
9393 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9394 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9395 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9399 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted
);
9401 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9402 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9405 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9408 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9409 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (cond_string
) : NULL
;
9413 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9414 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (extra_string
) : NULL
;
9415 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9416 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9417 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9418 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9419 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9420 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9421 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9423 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9426 if (canonical
.lsals
.size () > 1)
9428 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9429 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9430 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9433 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9435 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9437 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9438 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9443 /* Set a breakpoint.
9444 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9445 condition, and thread.
9446 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9447 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9451 break_command_1 (const char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9453 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9454 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9455 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9457 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9459 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9461 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9462 if (location
!= NULL
9463 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
9464 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9466 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9468 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9470 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9471 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9472 0 /* Ignore count */,
9473 pending_break_support
,
9481 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9484 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9488 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9490 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9491 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9492 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9495 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9496 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9497 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9498 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9501 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9503 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9504 const struct block
*b
;
9507 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9508 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9511 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9514 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9515 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
9520 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9521 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9522 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9523 happen in assembly source). */
9525 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9526 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9528 bound_minimal_symbol msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9530 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9537 break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9539 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9543 tbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9545 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9549 hbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9551 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9555 thbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9557 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9561 stop_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9563 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9564 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9565 stop at <line>\n"));
9569 stopin_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9573 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9575 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9577 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9580 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9581 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9582 function/method name. */
9583 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9585 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9590 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9592 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9596 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9598 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9602 stopat_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9606 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9610 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9613 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9614 it is probably a line number. */
9615 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9617 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9622 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9624 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9628 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9630 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9633 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9634 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9635 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9639 dprintf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9641 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9643 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9644 the next character must be ','. */
9647 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
9648 error (_("Format string required"));
9651 /* Skip the comma. */
9656 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9658 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9660 0 /* Ignore count */,
9661 pending_break_support
,
9662 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9670 agent_printf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9672 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9675 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9676 ranged breakpoints. */
9679 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9680 const address_space
*aspace
,
9682 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9684 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9685 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9688 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9689 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9692 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9693 ranged breakpoints. */
9696 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9698 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9701 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9702 ranged breakpoints. */
9704 static enum print_stop_action
9705 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9707 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9708 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9709 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9711 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9713 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9714 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9716 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9718 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9720 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9721 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9723 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9724 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9726 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
9727 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9728 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9730 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
9733 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9736 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9737 ranged breakpoints. */
9740 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9741 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9743 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9744 struct value_print_options opts
;
9745 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9747 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9748 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9750 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9752 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9753 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9754 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9755 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
9757 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
9761 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9762 ranged breakpoints. */
9765 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
9766 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
9768 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
9769 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9774 address_start
= bl
->address
;
9775 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
9777 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
9778 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9779 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
9780 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
9781 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
9785 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9786 ranged breakpoints. */
9789 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9791 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9792 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9795 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9797 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9800 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9801 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
9802 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
9805 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9806 ranged breakpoints. */
9809 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9811 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
9812 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
9813 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
.get ()));
9814 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9817 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9819 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
9821 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9822 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9823 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9824 last instruction of the given line. */
9827 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
9831 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9832 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9833 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
9840 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
9842 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9844 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9851 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9854 break_range_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9856 const char *arg_start
;
9857 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
9858 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
9860 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9862 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9863 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9864 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9866 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9867 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9868 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9871 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9873 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9874 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
9875 error(_("No address range specified."));
9878 event_location_up start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9880 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
.get (), &canonical_start
);
9883 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9884 else if (canonical_start
.lsals
.empty ())
9885 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9887 const linespec_sals
&lsal_start
= canonical_start
.lsals
[0];
9889 if (canonical_start
.lsals
.size () > 1
9890 || lsal_start
.sals
.size () != 1)
9891 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9893 const symtab_and_line
&sal_start
= lsal_start
.sals
[0];
9894 std::string
addr_string_start (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
9896 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
9897 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9899 /* Parse the end location. */
9903 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9904 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9905 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9906 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9907 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9908 event_location_up end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9910 decode_line_full (end_location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9911 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
9912 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
9914 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.empty ())
9915 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9917 const linespec_sals
&lsal_end
= canonical_end
.lsals
[0];
9918 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.size () > 1
9919 || lsal_end
.sals
.size () != 1)
9920 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9922 const symtab_and_line
&sal_end
= lsal_end
.sals
[0];
9924 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
9925 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
9926 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9928 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
9930 /* Length overflowed. */
9931 error (_("Address range too large."));
9932 else if (length
== 1)
9934 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9935 the `hbreak' command. */
9936 hbreak_command (&addr_string_start
[0], 1);
9941 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9942 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
9943 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
9944 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
9945 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
9946 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9947 b
->location
= std::move (start_location
);
9948 b
->location_range_end
= std::move (end_location
);
9949 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
9952 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
9953 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9956 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9957 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9958 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9962 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
9970 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
9971 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
9974 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
9984 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
9985 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
9986 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
9987 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
9988 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
9990 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10016 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10019 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10020 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10025 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10026 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10027 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10028 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10029 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10030 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10031 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10033 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10034 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10039 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10041 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10042 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10043 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10044 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10046 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10047 are always constant. */
10049 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10051 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10052 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10053 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10058 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10059 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10060 then it is not a constant. */
10069 /* Watchpoint destructor. */
10071 watchpoint::~watchpoint ()
10073 xfree (this->exp_string
);
10074 xfree (this->exp_string_reparse
);
10077 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10080 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10082 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10084 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10085 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10087 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10088 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10089 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10090 are loaded and unloaded.
10092 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10093 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10094 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10095 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10096 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10097 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10099 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10100 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10101 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10102 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10104 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10105 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10107 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10108 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10109 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10112 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10115 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10117 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10118 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10120 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10121 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10124 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10127 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10129 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10130 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10132 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10133 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10137 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10138 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10139 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10141 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10142 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10144 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10145 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10146 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10147 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10148 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10149 (did not match the data address). */
10150 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10151 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10158 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10160 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10162 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10165 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10166 hardware watchpoints. */
10169 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10171 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10172 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10174 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10177 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10178 hardware watchpoints. */
10181 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10183 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10184 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10187 static enum print_stop_action
10188 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10190 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10191 enum print_stop_action result
;
10192 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10193 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10195 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10197 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10198 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10200 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10201 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10205 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> tuple_emitter
;
10208 case bp_watchpoint
:
10209 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10210 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10211 uiout
->field_string
10212 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10214 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10215 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10216 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10217 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10218 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10219 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10220 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10221 uiout
->text ("\n");
10222 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10223 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10226 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10227 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10228 uiout
->field_string
10229 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10231 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10232 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10233 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10234 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
10235 uiout
->text ("\n");
10236 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10239 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10240 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10242 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10243 uiout
->field_string
10245 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10247 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10248 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10249 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10250 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10251 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10256 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10257 uiout
->field_string
10259 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10260 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10261 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10263 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10264 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10265 uiout
->text ("\n");
10266 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10269 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10275 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10279 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10281 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10282 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10283 const char *tuple_name
;
10287 case bp_watchpoint
:
10288 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
10289 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10291 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10292 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10293 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10295 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10296 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10297 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10299 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10300 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10301 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10304 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10305 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10308 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10309 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10310 uiout
->text (": ");
10311 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10314 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10318 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10320 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10324 case bp_watchpoint
:
10325 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10326 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10328 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10329 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10331 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10332 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10335 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10336 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10339 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10340 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10343 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10347 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10349 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10350 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10351 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10357 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10359 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10361 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10362 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10365 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10367 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10369 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10370 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10373 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10374 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10377 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10379 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10381 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10382 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10385 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10386 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10389 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10391 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10393 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10396 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10397 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10400 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10405 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10406 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10408 static enum print_stop_action
10409 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10411 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10412 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10414 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10415 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10417 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10418 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10422 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10423 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10424 uiout
->field_string
10425 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10428 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10429 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10430 uiout
->field_string
10431 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10434 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10435 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10436 uiout
->field_string
10438 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10441 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10442 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10446 uiout
->text (_("\n\
10447 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10448 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10449 uiout
->text ("\n");
10451 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10452 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10455 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10456 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10459 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10460 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10462 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10464 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10465 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10467 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
10468 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10469 uiout
->text ("\n");
10472 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10473 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10476 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10478 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10479 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10480 const char *tuple_name
;
10484 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10485 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10486 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10488 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10489 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10490 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10492 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10493 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10494 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10497 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10498 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10501 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10502 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10503 uiout
->text (": ");
10504 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10507 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10508 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10511 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10513 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10518 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10519 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10521 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10522 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10524 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10525 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10528 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10529 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10532 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10533 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10534 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10537 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10539 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10541 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10544 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10546 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10549 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10550 hw_read: watch read,
10551 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10553 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10554 int just_location
, int internal
)
10556 struct breakpoint
*scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10557 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10558 struct value
*mark
, *result
;
10559 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
10560 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10561 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10562 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10564 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10565 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10566 enum bptype bp_type
;
10569 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10570 the hardware watchpoint. */
10572 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10574 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10575 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10577 const char *value_start
;
10579 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10581 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10582 of the arguments string. */
10583 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10585 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10586 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10589 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10590 This is the value of the parameter. */
10591 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10593 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10595 /* Skip whitespace. */
10596 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10601 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10602 This is the parameter itself. */
10603 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10606 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10608 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
10610 struct thread_info
*thr
;
10611 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10612 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10613 only in a specific thread. */
10617 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10619 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10620 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
10622 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10623 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10624 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
10626 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
10628 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
10630 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10631 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10633 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10636 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10638 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10640 mark
= value_mark ();
10641 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10642 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10643 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10646 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10649 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10650 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10657 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10658 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10660 innermost_block
.reset ();
10661 std::string
expression (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
10662 exp_start
= arg
= expression
.c_str ();
10663 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
10665 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10666 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10668 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10671 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10672 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
10676 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10677 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10679 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10682 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
.block ();
10683 mark
= value_mark ();
10684 struct value
*val_as_value
= nullptr;
10685 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), &pc
, &val_as_value
, &result
, NULL
,
10688 if (val_as_value
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
10690 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val_as_value
);
10691 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val_as_value
);
10699 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10700 val
= release_value (value_addr (result
));
10701 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10705 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
.get ()),
10708 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10709 else if (ret
== -2)
10710 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10713 else if (val_as_value
!= NULL
)
10714 val
= release_value (val_as_value
);
10716 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10717 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10719 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10720 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10722 innermost_block
.reset ();
10723 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10724 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
10726 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10727 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10728 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
.block ();
10733 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10735 frame_info
*wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10737 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10739 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
10741 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10742 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10743 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10744 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10745 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
10747 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
10749 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
10751 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
10752 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
10755 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
10756 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
10757 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
10759 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10762 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10764 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10765 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
10767 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10768 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
10770 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10771 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
10772 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
10773 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
10774 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
10775 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
10776 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
10780 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10781 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10782 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10783 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10785 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10786 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10787 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10788 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10790 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10792 std::unique_ptr
<watchpoint
> w (new watchpoint ());
10795 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10796 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10798 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10799 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10800 w
->thread
= thread
;
10801 w
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10802 w
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10803 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
10804 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
10805 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
10808 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
.get ());
10809 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
.get ());
10811 w
->exp_string_reparse
10812 = current_language
->la_watch_location_expression (t
, addr
).release ();
10814 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10815 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
10818 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
10822 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
10827 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
10828 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
10833 w
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
10835 w
->cond_string
= 0;
10837 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
10839 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
10840 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
10844 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
10845 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
10848 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
10850 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10851 need to act on them together. */
10852 w
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
10853 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
.get ();
10856 if (!just_location
)
10857 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10859 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10860 that should be inserted. */
10861 update_watchpoint (w
.get (), 1);
10863 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (w
), 1);
10866 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10867 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10870 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
)
10872 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
10874 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10875 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
10878 gdb_assert (!vals
.empty ());
10879 struct value
*head
= vals
[0].get ();
10881 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10882 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10883 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10884 hardware watchpoint.
10886 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10887 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10888 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10889 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10890 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10891 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10892 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10893 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10894 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10896 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10897 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10898 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10899 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10900 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: vals
)
10902 struct value
*v
= iter
.get ();
10904 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
10906 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
10907 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10908 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10909 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10910 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10911 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10915 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10916 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10917 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
10919 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10920 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10921 middle of some value chain. */
10923 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10924 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
10926 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
10930 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
10931 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
10932 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
10934 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
10938 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
10942 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
10943 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
10944 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10945 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
10946 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10949 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10950 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10951 return found_memory_cnt
;
10955 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10957 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10960 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10961 calls watch_command_1. */
10964 watch_maybe_just_location (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
10966 int just_location
= 0;
10969 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
10970 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
10972 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10976 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
10980 watch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10982 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
10986 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10988 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10992 rwatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10994 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
10998 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11000 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11004 awatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11006 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11010 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
11011 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11014 struct until_break_fsm
11016 /* The base class. */
11017 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm
;
11019 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
11022 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
11023 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11025 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
11027 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
;
11030 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11031 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11032 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11033 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11034 static enum async_reply_reason
11035 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11037 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11039 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops
=
11042 until_break_fsm_clean_up
,
11043 until_break_fsm_should_stop
,
11044 NULL
, /* return_value */
11045 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason
,
11048 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11050 static struct until_break_fsm
*
11051 new_until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
11052 breakpoint_up
&&location_breakpoint
,
11053 breakpoint_up
&&caller_breakpoint
)
11055 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11057 sm
= XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm
);
11058 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm
->thread_fsm
, &until_break_fsm_ops
, cmd_interp
);
11060 sm
->thread
= thread
;
11061 sm
->location_breakpoint
= location_breakpoint
.release ();
11062 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= caller_breakpoint
.release ();
11067 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11068 until(location)/advance commands. */
11071 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11072 struct thread_info
*tp
)
11074 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11076 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11077 sm
->location_breakpoint
) != NULL
11078 || (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
11079 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11080 sm
->caller_breakpoint
) != NULL
))
11081 thread_fsm_set_finished (self
);
11086 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11087 until(location)/advance commands. */
11090 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11091 struct thread_info
*thread
)
11093 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11095 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11096 if (sm
->location_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11098 delete_breakpoint (sm
->location_breakpoint
);
11099 sm
->location_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11101 if (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11103 delete_breakpoint (sm
->caller_breakpoint
);
11104 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11106 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm
->thread
);
11109 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11110 until(location)/advance commands. */
11112 static enum async_reply_reason
11113 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11115 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11119 until_break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11121 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11122 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11123 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11124 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11125 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11127 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11128 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11130 clear_proceed_status (0);
11132 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11135 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11137 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
11138 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
11139 ? decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
11140 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11141 get_last_displayed_line ())
11142 : decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11143 NULL
, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0));
11145 if (sals
.size () != 1)
11146 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11148 symtab_and_line
&sal
= sals
[0];
11151 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11153 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11155 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11156 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11158 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11160 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11161 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11162 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11165 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11166 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11167 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11168 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11170 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11173 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint
;
11174 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11176 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11177 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11179 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11180 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11181 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11182 caller_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
,
11187 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11188 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11191 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11194 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint
;
11196 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11197 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11198 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11199 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11201 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11202 only at the very same frame. */
11203 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11204 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11206 sm
= new_until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
11207 std::move (location_breakpoint
),
11208 std::move (caller_breakpoint
));
11209 tp
->thread_fsm
= &sm
->thread_fsm
;
11211 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11213 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11216 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11217 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11219 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11220 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11221 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11222 if clause in the arg string. */
11225 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg
)
11227 const char *cond_string
;
11229 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11232 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11235 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11236 condition string. */
11237 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11238 cond_string
= *arg
;
11240 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11242 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11244 return cond_string
;
11247 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11248 process start/exit, etc. */
11252 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11253 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11258 catch_fork_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11259 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11261 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11262 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11263 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11266 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11267 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11268 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11272 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11274 /* The allowed syntax is:
11276 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11278 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11279 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11281 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11282 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11284 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11285 and enable reporting of such events. */
11288 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11289 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11290 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11291 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11293 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11294 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11295 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11296 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11299 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11305 catch_exec_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11306 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11308 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11310 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11312 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11316 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11318 /* The allowed syntax is:
11320 catch exec if <cond>
11322 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11323 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11325 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11326 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11328 std::unique_ptr
<exec_catchpoint
> c (new exec_catchpoint ());
11329 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11330 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11331 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11333 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
11337 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11338 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11339 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11340 const char *addr_string
,
11341 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11348 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11350 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11352 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11353 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11354 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11355 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11356 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11357 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11358 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11359 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11360 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11361 enough for now, though. */
11364 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11366 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11367 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11368 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11369 language_def (language_ada
));
11370 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11374 catch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11376 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11381 tcatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11383 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11386 /* Compare two breakpoints and return a strcmp-like result. */
11389 compare_breakpoints (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
11391 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) a
;
11392 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) b
;
11394 if (a
->number
< b
->number
)
11396 else if (a
->number
> b
->number
)
11399 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11403 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11406 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11409 clear_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11411 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11414 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decoded_sals
;
11415 symtab_and_line last_sal
;
11416 gdb::array_view
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
11420 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11421 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11422 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11424 sals
= decoded_sals
;
11428 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11429 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11430 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11431 last_sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
11432 if (last_sal
.symtab
== 0)
11433 error (_("No source file specified."));
11439 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11440 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11441 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11442 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11444 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11445 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11446 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11447 due to optimization, all in one block.
11449 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11450 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11451 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11452 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11453 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11454 to support that. */
11456 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11457 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11458 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11461 std::vector
<struct breakpoint
*> found
;
11462 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
11464 const char *sal_fullname
;
11466 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11467 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11468 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11471 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11476 1 0 <can't happen> */
11478 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11479 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11481 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11482 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11485 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11486 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11488 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11489 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11491 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11492 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11493 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11495 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11496 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11497 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11498 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11499 int line_match
= 0;
11501 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11502 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11503 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11504 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11505 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11506 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11507 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11510 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11519 found
.push_back (b
);
11523 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11524 if (found
.empty ())
11527 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11529 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11532 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11533 std::sort (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11534 [] (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
11536 return compare_breakpoints (a
, b
) < 0;
11538 found
.erase (std::unique (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11539 [] (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
11541 return compare_breakpoints (a
, b
) == 0;
11545 if (found
.size () > 1)
11546 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11549 if (found
.size () == 1)
11550 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11552 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11555 for (breakpoint
*iter
: found
)
11558 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", iter
->number
);
11559 delete_breakpoint (iter
);
11562 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11565 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11566 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11567 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11570 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11572 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11574 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11575 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11576 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11578 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11580 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11582 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11583 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11587 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11588 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11589 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11590 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
11591 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11592 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11595 bp_locations_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
11597 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
11598 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
11600 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11601 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
11603 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11604 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11607 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11608 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
11609 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
11611 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11612 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
11613 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
11615 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11616 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11617 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11619 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11620 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
11621 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
11623 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
11626 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11627 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11628 content of the bp_locations array. */
11631 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11633 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
11635 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11636 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11638 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
11640 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
11642 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
11645 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
11646 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
11648 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
11649 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
11650 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
11651 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
11653 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11655 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
11656 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
11657 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
11658 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
11662 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11665 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11667 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11668 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
11670 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
11672 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
11674 struct bp_location
*bl
;
11675 struct tracepoint
*t
;
11676 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
11678 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
11679 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11680 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
11683 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
11685 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11686 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
11688 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
11691 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
11694 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
11696 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11697 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11698 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11699 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
11702 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
11704 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
11707 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
11709 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
11710 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
11711 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
11712 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
11716 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11719 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
11721 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
11722 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
11723 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
11724 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
11726 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11727 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
11728 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
11729 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
11730 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
11732 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
11733 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
11734 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
11735 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
11736 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
11737 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
11738 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
11739 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
11742 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11743 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11744 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11748 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11750 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
11751 struct bp_location
*loc
;
11752 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
11755 address
= bl
->address
;
11756 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
11758 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11759 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11760 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11762 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11763 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11766 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11767 the same program space as the location
11768 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11769 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11770 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
11774 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
11775 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
11778 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11779 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11780 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11781 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11782 that have already been marked. */
11783 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
11785 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11787 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
11790 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
11791 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
11792 locations are duplicate of which.
11794 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
11795 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
11799 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
11801 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11802 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
11803 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11804 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
11805 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11806 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
11808 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11809 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11810 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11811 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11812 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11814 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
11815 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
11816 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
11817 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
11819 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
11820 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11821 struct bp_location
**old_locp
;
11822 unsigned old_locations_count
;
11823 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<struct bp_location
*> old_locations (bp_locations
);
11825 old_locations_count
= bp_locations_count
;
11826 bp_locations
= NULL
;
11827 bp_locations_count
= 0;
11829 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11830 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11831 bp_locations_count
++;
11833 bp_locations
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_locations_count
);
11834 locp
= bp_locations
;
11835 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11836 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11838 qsort (bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
, sizeof (*bp_locations
),
11839 bp_locations_compare
);
11841 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
11843 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11844 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11845 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11846 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11847 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11850 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11851 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11853 locp
= bp_locations
;
11854 for (old_locp
= old_locations
.get ();
11855 old_locp
< old_locations
.get () + old_locations_count
;
11858 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
11859 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
11861 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11862 not, we have to free it. */
11863 int found_object
= 0;
11864 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11865 int keep_in_target
= 0;
11868 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11869 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11870 while (locp
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11871 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
11875 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11876 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11879 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11880 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11881 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11883 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
11884 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
11885 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
11887 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
11888 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
11891 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
11895 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11896 have to go through updates again. */
11897 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
11899 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11901 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
11903 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11904 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11905 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11906 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11907 at certain location is not inserted. */
11909 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
11911 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11914 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
11916 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11917 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11918 keep_in_target
= 1;
11922 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11923 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11924 remove its target-side condition. */
11926 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11927 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11928 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11929 this one from the target. */
11931 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11932 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
11935 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11936 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11939 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
11941 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
11943 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11944 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11945 supported, but the latter are. */
11946 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
11948 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
11949 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
11952 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11953 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11955 if (loc2
!= old_loc
11956 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
11958 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
11959 keep_in_target
= 1;
11967 if (!keep_in_target
)
11969 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
11971 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11972 this location on the global list, and try to
11973 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11974 reason why we will succeed next time.
11976 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11977 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11978 only after calling us. */
11979 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
11980 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11981 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
11989 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
11990 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
11992 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11993 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11994 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11995 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11996 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11997 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11998 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11999 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12000 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12001 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12002 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12003 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12004 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12005 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12008 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12009 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12011 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12012 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12013 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12014 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12015 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12016 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12017 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12018 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12019 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12020 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12021 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12022 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12023 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12026 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12027 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12028 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12029 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12031 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12032 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12033 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12034 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12035 traps we can no longer explain. */
12037 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12038 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12040 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12044 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12045 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12050 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12051 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12052 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12053 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12054 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12055 are sorted first for the same address.
12057 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12058 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12060 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12061 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12062 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12063 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12064 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12066 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12068 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12071 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12072 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12073 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12074 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12075 `struct bp_location'. */
12076 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12078 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12079 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12083 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12084 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12085 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12086 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12087 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12088 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12090 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12092 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12093 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12094 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12096 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12097 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12099 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12101 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12102 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12103 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12109 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12110 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12111 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12113 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12114 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12116 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12117 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12120 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12122 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12123 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12126 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12127 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12128 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12129 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12130 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12132 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12136 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12137 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12141 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12143 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12146 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12147 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12149 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12150 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12156 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12161 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12163 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12169 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12172 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12176 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12177 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12179 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12180 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12181 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12185 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12187 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12189 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12191 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12195 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12199 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12201 struct value_print_options opts
;
12203 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12205 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12207 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12209 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12210 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12211 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12212 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12214 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12215 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12217 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12219 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12220 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12225 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12226 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12232 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12234 printf_filtered (" at ");
12235 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12238 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12240 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12242 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12243 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12244 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12245 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12247 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12248 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12249 real situation somewhat. */
12250 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12251 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12256 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12258 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12260 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12265 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12268 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12270 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12273 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12278 /* Destructor for the breakpoint base class. */
12280 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
12282 xfree (this->cond_string
);
12283 xfree (this->extra_string
);
12284 xfree (this->filter
);
12287 static struct bp_location
*
12288 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12290 return new bp_location (&bp_location_ops
, self
);
12294 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12296 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12299 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12300 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12303 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12305 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12309 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12310 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12312 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12316 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12317 const address_space
*aspace
,
12319 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12321 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12325 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12330 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12334 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12336 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12339 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12343 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12345 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12348 static enum print_stop_action
12349 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12351 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12355 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12356 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12362 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12364 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12368 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12370 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12374 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12375 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12376 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12377 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12379 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12383 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12384 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12385 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12386 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12387 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12388 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12390 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12391 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12392 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12393 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12395 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12398 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12399 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12400 const struct event_location
*location
,
12401 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12403 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12406 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12409 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12414 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12417 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12419 /* Nothing to do. */
12422 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12424 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12425 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12426 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12427 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12428 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12429 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12430 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12431 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12432 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12434 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12435 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12436 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12437 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
12438 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12439 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
12440 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12441 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12444 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12447 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12449 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12450 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
12452 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12453 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12457 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12461 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12463 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
12465 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
12466 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
12468 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12469 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12471 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12475 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12477 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12478 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12480 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
12484 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12485 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12486 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12488 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12489 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12492 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12496 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12497 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12498 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12505 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12506 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12507 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12509 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
12510 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12512 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12513 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12514 be set at the same address. */
12518 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
12522 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12524 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12529 static enum print_stop_action
12530 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12532 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12533 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12535 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12537 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12539 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12540 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12542 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12543 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12544 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12547 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12548 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
12551 uiout
->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
12553 uiout
->text ("Breakpoint ");
12554 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12556 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
12557 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12558 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12560 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
12561 uiout
->text (", ");
12563 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12567 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12569 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12574 case bp_breakpoint
:
12575 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12576 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12577 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12579 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12580 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12581 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12582 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12584 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12585 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12588 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12596 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12598 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12599 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12600 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12601 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12602 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12603 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12604 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12605 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12606 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12608 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12609 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12611 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12612 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()));
12614 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12615 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12616 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12617 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
12619 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12623 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12624 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12625 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12627 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12631 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12632 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12633 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12634 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12635 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12636 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12638 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12639 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12640 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12641 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12643 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12644 std::move (cond_string
),
12645 std::move (extra_string
),
12647 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12648 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12649 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12652 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12653 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12654 const struct event_location
*location
,
12655 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12657 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12660 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12663 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12667 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12668 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12669 case bp_overlay_event
:
12670 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12671 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12672 case bp_exception_master
:
12673 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12676 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12677 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12678 case bp_shlib_event
:
12680 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12681 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12682 case bp_thread_event
:
12688 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12690 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
12692 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12693 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12694 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12695 objects (among other things). */
12696 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12697 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12703 static enum print_stop_action
12704 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12706 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12708 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12712 case bp_shlib_event
:
12713 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12714 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12715 to shlib event" message.) */
12716 print_solib_event (0);
12719 case bp_thread_event
:
12720 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12721 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12722 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12725 case bp_overlay_event
:
12726 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12727 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12730 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12731 /* These should never be enabled. */
12732 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12735 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12736 /* These should never be enabled. */
12737 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12738 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12741 case bp_exception_master
:
12742 /* These should never be enabled. */
12743 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12744 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12748 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
12752 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12754 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12757 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12760 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12762 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12763 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
12764 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12765 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12769 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12771 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12774 static enum print_stop_action
12775 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12777 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
12781 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12783 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12786 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
12788 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
12789 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
12791 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
12793 thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (this->thread
);
12796 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
12799 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12802 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12804 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
12808 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12810 bl
->probe
.prob
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12817 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12818 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12820 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12821 bl
->probe
.prob
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12823 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
12827 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12828 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12829 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12831 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12833 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
12835 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
12836 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
12839 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12840 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12841 const struct event_location
*location
,
12842 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12844 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
12846 error (_("probe not found"));
12850 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12853 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12855 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12859 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12860 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12861 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12863 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12869 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12870 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12872 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12873 if (!tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
12875 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
12877 uiout
->text ("\tmarker id is ");
12878 uiout
->field_string ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12879 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
12880 uiout
->text ("\n");
12885 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12887 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12892 case bp_tracepoint
:
12893 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
12894 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12896 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
12897 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12898 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12900 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
12901 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
12902 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12905 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12906 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
12913 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12915 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12917 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
12918 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
12919 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
12920 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
12921 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
12922 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
12924 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12925 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
12927 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12928 event_location_to_string (self
->location
.get ()));
12929 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
12931 if (tp
->pass_count
)
12932 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
12936 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12937 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12938 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12940 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12944 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12945 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12946 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12947 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12948 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12949 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12951 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12952 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12953 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12954 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12956 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12957 std::move (cond_string
),
12958 std::move (extra_string
),
12960 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12961 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12962 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12965 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12966 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12967 const struct event_location
*location
,
12968 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12970 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12973 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
12975 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
12979 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
12980 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12981 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12982 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12984 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12985 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12988 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12989 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12990 const struct event_location
*location
,
12991 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12993 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12994 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12997 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
12999 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13002 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13004 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13006 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
13007 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
13009 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13010 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13011 3 - disconnect from target 1
13012 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13014 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13015 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13016 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13017 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13018 it all the time. */
13019 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13020 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13023 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13026 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13028 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
13029 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()),
13031 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13034 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13037 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13038 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13039 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13040 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13041 address are all handled. */
13044 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13046 struct bpstats tmp_bs
;
13047 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13049 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13050 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13051 condition not be evaluated. */
13054 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13055 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13056 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13057 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13058 commands here throws. */
13059 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13060 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13062 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13064 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13065 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13069 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13073 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13074 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13075 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13077 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13078 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
13080 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
13081 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
13083 std::string
str (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
13084 const char *ptr
= str
.c_str ();
13085 canonical
->location
13086 = new_linespec_location (&ptr
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
13089 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
13090 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
13094 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13095 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13096 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13097 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13098 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13099 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13101 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13102 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13103 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13104 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13106 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
->lsals
[0];
13108 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13109 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13110 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13111 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13112 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13113 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13115 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< lsal
.sals
.size (); i
++)
13117 event_location_up location
13118 = copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ());
13120 std::unique_ptr
<tracepoint
> tp (new tracepoint ());
13121 init_breakpoint_sal (tp
.get (), gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
[i
],
13122 std::move (location
), NULL
,
13123 std::move (cond_string
),
13124 std::move (extra_string
),
13125 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13126 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13127 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13128 canonical
->special_display
);
13129 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13130 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13131 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13132 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13133 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13134 corresponds to this one */
13135 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13137 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (tp
), 0);
13141 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13142 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13143 const struct event_location
*location
,
13144 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13146 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13147 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
13149 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13150 if (sals
.size () > tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13152 sals
[0] = sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13157 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13160 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13163 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13165 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13168 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13172 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13174 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13176 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13178 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13179 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13182 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13183 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13184 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13185 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13186 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13189 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13190 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13191 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13192 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13194 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13197 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13198 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13199 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13201 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13202 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13204 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13205 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13206 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13207 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13211 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13213 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13214 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13215 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13216 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13217 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13220 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13221 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13222 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13223 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13225 gdb::observers::breakpoint_deleted
.notify (bpt
);
13227 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13228 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13230 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13231 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13233 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13237 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13239 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13240 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13241 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13242 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13243 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13244 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13245 commands won't work. */
13247 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13249 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13250 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13251 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13252 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13253 might be better design to have location completely
13254 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13255 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13257 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13258 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13259 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13263 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13264 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13267 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13268 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13270 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13275 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13277 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13278 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13280 if (next
== related
)
13282 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13283 function (related
);
13285 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13286 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13291 function (related
);
13295 while (related
!= b
);
13299 delete_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13301 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13307 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13309 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13310 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13311 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13312 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13313 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13315 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13319 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13321 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13323 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13324 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13325 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13329 map_breakpoint_numbers
13330 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
13332 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, delete_breakpoint
);
13336 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13337 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13341 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13343 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13345 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13346 if ((pspace
== NULL
13347 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
13348 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
13349 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13354 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13355 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13356 Null names are ignored. */
13359 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13361 struct bp_location
*l
;
13362 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
, streq_hash
, NULL
,
13365 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13368 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13370 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13374 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13376 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13380 htab_delete (htab
);
13386 htab_delete (htab
);
13390 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13391 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13392 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13393 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13394 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13395 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13396 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13397 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13400 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13401 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13402 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13403 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13404 in the sources, and output a warning.
13406 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13407 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13408 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13409 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13410 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13413 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13414 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13415 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13416 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13417 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13418 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13419 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13420 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13421 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13423 static struct symtab_and_line
13424 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13426 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13427 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13432 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13434 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13436 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= marker
.str_id
)
13437 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13438 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str (),
13439 marker
.str_id
.c_str ());
13441 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
13446 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13448 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13450 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13451 && !tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
13453 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
13454 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid
13455 (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13457 if (!markers
.empty ())
13459 struct symbol
*sym
;
13460 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13461 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13462 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
13464 tpmarker
= &markers
[0];
13466 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13468 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13469 "found at previous line number"),
13470 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13472 symtab_and_line sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13473 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13474 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
13477 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13478 uiout
->text (" at ");
13480 uiout
->field_string ("file",
13481 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13484 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13486 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13488 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
13491 uiout
->field_int ("line", sal2
.line
);
13492 uiout
->text ("\n");
13494 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13495 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13497 b
->location
.reset (NULL
);
13498 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13499 explicit_loc
.source_filename
13500 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13501 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
13502 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
13503 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13505 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13512 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13513 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13516 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13520 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13523 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13526 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13533 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13539 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13540 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13541 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13543 static struct bp_location
*
13544 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13546 struct bp_location head
;
13547 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
13548 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
13549 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
13551 if (pspace
== NULL
)
13562 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
13577 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
13578 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
13579 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
13580 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
13584 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13585 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
13586 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
13587 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals_end
)
13589 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
13591 if (!sals_end
.empty () && (sals
.size () != 1 || sals_end
.size () != 1))
13593 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13595 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13596 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13597 "multiple locations found\n"),
13602 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13603 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13604 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13605 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13606 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13607 individual locations. */
13608 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.empty ())
13611 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
13613 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
13615 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13617 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
13619 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
13621 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13623 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13627 s
= b
->cond_string
;
13630 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sal
.pc
,
13631 block_for_pc (sal
.pc
),
13634 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13636 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13637 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13638 b
->number
, e
.message
);
13639 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
13644 if (!sals_end
.empty ())
13646 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
[0]);
13648 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
13652 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13655 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
13656 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13657 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13658 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13659 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13660 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13661 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
13663 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
13665 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
13667 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
13668 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
13670 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13671 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
13679 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13680 if (l
->function_name
13681 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
13691 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
13692 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13695 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
13696 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13698 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13699 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
13700 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
13702 struct gdb_exception exception
= exception_none
;
13704 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
13706 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
13710 sals
= b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13712 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
13714 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
13718 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13719 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13720 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13721 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13722 state, then user already saw the message about that
13723 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13725 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13726 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
13728 && search_pspace
!= NULL
13729 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
13730 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
13731 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13732 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
13733 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
13735 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
13737 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13738 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13739 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13740 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13741 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13742 which approach is better. */
13743 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13744 throw_exception (e
);
13749 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
13751 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
13752 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
13753 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13755 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
13758 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
[0].pc
,
13759 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
13761 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
13763 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
13764 b
->thread
= thread
;
13768 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
13769 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
13771 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
13774 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
13775 sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
[0]);
13785 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13786 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13790 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13792 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
13793 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> expanded
, expanded_end
;
13796 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
.get (),
13797 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13799 expanded
= std::move (sals
);
13801 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
13803 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals_end
13804 = location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
.get (),
13805 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13807 expanded_end
= std::move (sals_end
);
13810 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
13813 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13814 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13817 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
13818 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13819 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13821 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
13824 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13825 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13829 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13830 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13831 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13832 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13833 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13834 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13836 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13837 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13838 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13839 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13841 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13842 std::move (cond_string
),
13843 std::move (extra_string
),
13844 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13845 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13846 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13849 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13850 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13852 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13853 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13854 const struct event_location
*location
,
13855 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13857 struct linespec_result canonical
;
13859 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
13860 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
13861 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
13864 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13865 gdb_assert (canonical
.lsals
.size () < 2);
13867 if (!canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
13869 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
13870 return std::move (lsal
.sals
);
13875 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
13878 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint
*b
)
13880 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
13881 set_language (b
->language
);
13883 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
13886 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
13887 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
13890 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13892 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13895 scoped_restore_current_language save_language
;
13896 scoped_restore save_input_radix
= make_scoped_restore (&input_radix
);
13897 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
13899 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
13900 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
13901 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
13902 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
13904 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13908 breakpoint_re_set_one (b
);
13910 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
13912 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
13913 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13919 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13922 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13923 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13924 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13925 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13927 /* Now we can insert. */
13928 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
13931 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13933 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13934 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13936 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13938 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
13940 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
13941 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
13943 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13944 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13945 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13947 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
13951 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13952 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13953 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13956 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
13958 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13963 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13964 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
13966 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
13968 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
13969 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13974 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
13978 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
13979 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13981 else if (count
== 1)
13982 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13985 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
13986 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13989 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13993 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
13996 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
13999 ignore_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14001 const char *p
= args
;
14005 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14007 num
= get_number (&p
);
14009 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14011 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14013 set_ignore_count (num
,
14014 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14017 printf_filtered ("\n");
14021 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints with numbers in the range
14022 defined by BP_NUM_RANGE (an inclusive range). */
14025 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
,
14026 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
14028 if (bp_num_range
.first
== 0)
14030 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%d'"),
14031 bp_num_range
.first
);
14035 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14037 for (int i
= bp_num_range
.first
; i
<= bp_num_range
.second
; i
++)
14039 bool match
= false;
14041 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14042 if (b
->number
== i
)
14049 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), i
);
14054 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints whose numbers are given in
14058 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
14059 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
14061 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14062 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14064 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14066 while (!parser
.finished ())
14068 int num
= parser
.get_number ();
14069 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::make_pair (num
, num
), function
);
14073 /* Return the breakpoint location structure corresponding to the
14074 BP_NUM and LOC_NUM values. */
14076 static struct bp_location
*
14077 find_location_by_number (int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
14079 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14081 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14082 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14087 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14088 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num
);
14091 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
14094 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14095 if (++n
== loc_num
)
14098 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
14101 /* Modes of operation for extract_bp_num. */
14102 enum class extract_bp_kind
14104 /* Extracting a breakpoint number. */
14107 /* Extracting a location number. */
14111 /* Extract a breakpoint or location number (as determined by KIND)
14112 from the string starting at START. TRAILER is a character which
14113 can be found after the number. If you don't want a trailer, use
14114 '\0'. If END_OUT is not NULL, it is set to point after the parsed
14115 string. This always returns a positive integer. */
14118 extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind kind
, const char *start
,
14119 int trailer
, const char **end_out
= NULL
)
14121 const char *end
= start
;
14122 int num
= get_number_trailer (&end
, trailer
);
14124 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14125 ? _("Negative breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14126 : _("Negative breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14127 int (end
- start
), start
);
14129 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14130 ? _("Bad breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14131 : _("Bad breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14132 int (end
- start
), start
);
14134 if (end_out
!= NULL
)
14139 /* Extract a breakpoint or location range (as determined by KIND) in
14140 the form NUM1-NUM2 stored at &ARG[arg_offset]. Returns a std::pair
14141 representing the (inclusive) range. The returned pair's elements
14142 are always positive integers. */
14144 static std::pair
<int, int>
14145 extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind kind
,
14146 const std::string
&arg
,
14147 std::string::size_type arg_offset
)
14149 std::pair
<int, int> range
;
14150 const char *bp_loc
= &arg
[arg_offset
];
14151 std::string::size_type dash
= arg
.find ('-', arg_offset
);
14152 if (dash
!= std::string::npos
)
14154 /* bp_loc is a range (x-z). */
14155 if (arg
.length () == dash
+ 1)
14156 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14157 ? _("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'")
14158 : _("Bad breakpoint location number at or near: '%s'"),
14162 const char *start_first
= bp_loc
;
14163 const char *start_second
= &arg
[dash
+ 1];
14164 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_first
, '-');
14165 range
.second
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_second
, '\0', &end
);
14167 if (range
.first
> range
.second
)
14168 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14169 ? _("Inverted breakpoint range at '%.*s'")
14170 : _("Inverted breakpoint location range at '%.*s'"),
14171 int (end
- start_first
), start_first
);
14175 /* bp_loc is a single value. */
14176 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, bp_loc
, '\0');
14177 range
.second
= range
.first
;
14182 /* Extract the breakpoint/location range specified by ARG. Returns
14183 the breakpoint range in BP_NUM_RANGE, and the location range in
14186 ARG may be in any of the following forms:
14188 x where 'x' is a breakpoint number.
14189 x-y where 'x' and 'y' specify a breakpoint numbers range.
14190 x.y where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' a location number.
14191 x.y-z where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' and 'z' specify a
14192 location number range.
14196 extract_bp_number_and_location (const std::string
&arg
,
14197 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_num_range
,
14198 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
)
14200 std::string::size_type dot
= arg
.find ('.');
14202 if (dot
!= std::string::npos
)
14204 /* Handle 'x.y' and 'x.y-z' cases. */
14206 if (arg
.length () == dot
+ 1 || dot
== 0)
14207 error (_("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'"), arg
.c_str ());
14210 = extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
.c_str (), '.');
14211 bp_num_range
.second
= bp_num_range
.first
;
14213 bp_loc_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::loc
,
14218 /* Handle x and x-y cases. */
14220 bp_num_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
, 0);
14221 bp_loc_range
.first
= 0;
14222 bp_loc_range
.second
= 0;
14226 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location BP_NUM.LOC_NUM. ENABLE
14227 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
14230 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (int bp_num
, int loc_num
, bool enable
)
14232 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (bp_num
, loc_num
);
14235 if (loc
->enabled
!= enable
)
14237 loc
->enabled
= enable
;
14238 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14240 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14241 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14242 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14243 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14245 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14248 /* Enable or disable a range of breakpoint locations. BP_NUM is the
14249 number of the breakpoint, and BP_LOC_RANGE specifies the
14250 (inclusive) range of location numbers of that breakpoint to
14251 enable/disable. ENABLE specifies whether to enable or disable the
14255 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range (int bp_num
,
14256 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
,
14259 for (int i
= bp_loc_range
.first
; i
<= bp_loc_range
.second
; i
++)
14260 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (bp_num
, i
, enable
);
14263 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14264 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14265 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14268 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14270 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14271 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14272 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14273 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14276 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14278 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14279 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14281 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14282 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14284 struct bp_location
*location
;
14286 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14287 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14290 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14292 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14295 /* Enable or disable the breakpoint(s) or breakpoint location(s)
14296 specified in ARGS. ARGS may be in any of the formats handled by
14297 extract_bp_number_and_location. ENABLE specifies whether to enable
14298 or disable the breakpoints/locations. */
14301 enable_disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
, bool enable
)
14305 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14307 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14308 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14311 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14313 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14318 std::string num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14320 while (!num
.empty ())
14322 std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
;
14324 extract_bp_number_and_location (num
, bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
);
14326 if (bp_loc_range
.first
== bp_loc_range
.second
14327 && bp_loc_range
.first
== 0)
14329 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x' or 'x-z'. */
14330 map_breakpoint_number_range (bp_num_range
,
14332 ? enable_breakpoint
14333 : disable_breakpoint
);
14337 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x.y' or
14339 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range
14340 (bp_num_range
.first
, bp_loc_range
, enable
);
14342 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14347 /* The disable command disables the specified breakpoints/locations
14348 (or all defined breakpoints) so they're no longer effective in
14349 stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the forms defined in
14350 extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14353 disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14355 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, false);
14359 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14362 int target_resources_ok
;
14364 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14367 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14368 target_resources_ok
=
14369 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14371 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14372 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14373 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14374 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14377 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14379 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14380 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14384 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14386 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14387 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14388 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14390 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14392 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14393 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14400 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14402 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14403 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14405 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14406 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14408 struct bp_location
*location
;
14410 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14411 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14414 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14415 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14416 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14418 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14423 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14425 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14428 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints/locations (or
14429 all defined breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to
14430 be) effective in stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the
14431 forms defined in extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14434 enable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14436 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, true);
14440 enable_once_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14442 map_breakpoint_numbers
14443 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14445 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14446 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14448 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, 1);
14454 enable_count_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14459 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14461 count
= get_number (&args
);
14463 map_breakpoint_numbers
14464 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14466 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14467 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14469 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, count
);
14475 enable_delete_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14477 map_breakpoint_numbers
14478 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14480 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14481 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14483 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_del
, 1);
14489 set_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14494 show_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14498 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14499 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14503 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14504 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14505 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14507 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14509 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14510 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14511 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14513 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14515 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
!= nullptr)
14517 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14519 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14520 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14521 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14522 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14531 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14534 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14535 const address_space
*aspace
,
14538 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
14539 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
14540 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
14542 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
14544 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
14545 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
14548 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
14550 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
14551 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
14552 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
14554 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
14557 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14560 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
14562 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
14563 std::vector
<CORE_ADDR
> next_pcs
;
14565 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
14567 if (!next_pcs
.empty ())
14569 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
14570 const address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
14572 for (CORE_ADDR pc
: next_pcs
)
14573 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
14581 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14584 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
14585 const address_space
*aspace
,
14588 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14590 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14592 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
14598 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14602 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
14605 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14607 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14609 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
14610 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
14616 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14618 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14620 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14622 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14623 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14627 trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14629 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14631 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14633 if (location
!= NULL
14634 && event_location_type (location
.get ()) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
14635 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
14637 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14639 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14641 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14643 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14644 0 /* Ignore count */,
14645 pending_break_support
,
14649 0 /* internal */, 0);
14653 ftrace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14655 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14657 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14659 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14661 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14662 0 /* Ignore count */,
14663 pending_break_support
,
14664 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14667 0 /* internal */, 0);
14670 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14673 strace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14675 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14676 event_location_up location
;
14678 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14679 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14680 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
14682 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14683 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
14687 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14688 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
14691 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14693 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14695 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14696 0 /* Ignore count */,
14697 pending_break_support
,
14701 0 /* internal */, 0);
14704 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14705 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14707 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
14708 static int next_cmd
;
14711 read_uploaded_action (void)
14713 char *rslt
= nullptr;
14715 if (next_cmd
< this_utp
->cmd_strings
.size ())
14717 rslt
= this_utp
->cmd_strings
[next_cmd
];
14724 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14725 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14726 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14727 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14728 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14730 struct tracepoint
*
14731 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
14733 const char *addr_str
;
14734 char small_buf
[100];
14735 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
14737 if (utp
->at_string
)
14738 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
14741 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14742 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14743 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14745 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14746 "source location, using raw address"),
14748 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
14749 addr_str
= small_buf
;
14752 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14753 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
14754 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14755 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14758 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
,
14760 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14762 utp
->cond_string
, -1, addr_str
,
14763 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14765 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
14766 0 /* Ignore count */,
14767 pending_break_support
,
14768 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14770 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
14772 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
14775 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14776 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
14777 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
14781 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
14784 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
14787 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14788 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14789 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14791 if (!utp
->cmd_strings
.empty ())
14793 command_line_up cmd_list
;
14798 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
14800 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, std::move (cmd_list
));
14802 else if (!utp
->actions
.empty ()
14803 || !utp
->step_actions
.empty ())
14804 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14805 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14808 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14809 tp
->hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
14810 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
14815 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14819 info_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14821 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14824 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
14826 if (num_printed
== 0)
14828 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14829 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
14831 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
14834 default_collect_info ();
14837 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14838 Not supported by all targets. */
14840 enable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14842 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14845 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14846 Not supported by all targets. */
14848 disable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14850 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14853 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14855 delete_trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14857 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14863 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
14865 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14866 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14867 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14869 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14870 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14872 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
14876 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14878 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14880 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14881 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14882 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14886 map_breakpoint_numbers
14887 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14889 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, delete_breakpoint
);
14893 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14896 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14898 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
14899 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (tp
);
14901 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14902 tp
->number
, count
);
14905 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14907 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14908 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14909 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14912 trace_pass_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14914 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
14917 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
14918 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14919 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14921 count
= strtoulst (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14923 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
14924 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
14926 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14928 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14930 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14932 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14934 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14935 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14938 else if (*args
== '\0')
14940 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
14942 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14946 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14947 while (!parser
.finished ())
14949 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
14951 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14956 struct tracepoint
*
14957 get_tracepoint (int num
)
14959 struct breakpoint
*t
;
14961 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
14962 if (t
->number
== num
)
14963 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14968 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14969 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14972 struct tracepoint
*
14973 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
14975 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14977 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14979 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14981 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
14988 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14989 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14990 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
14991 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14993 struct tracepoint
*
14994 get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg
,
14995 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
14997 struct breakpoint
*t
;
14999 const char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15001 if (parser
!= NULL
)
15003 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
15004 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
15006 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15007 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15009 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15013 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15014 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15017 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15021 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15022 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15024 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15027 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15032 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15034 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15035 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15038 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15040 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15043 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15044 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15045 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15049 save_breakpoints (const char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15050 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15052 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15054 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15056 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15057 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15059 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15060 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15062 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15063 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15066 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15067 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15072 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15074 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15076 /* We can stop searching. */
15083 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15087 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename
));
15091 if (!fp
.open (expanded_filename
.get (), "w"))
15092 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15093 expanded_filename
.get (), safe_strerror (errno
));
15095 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15096 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
15098 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15100 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15101 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15104 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15105 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15108 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, &fp
);
15110 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15111 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15114 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15115 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15117 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15118 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15120 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15122 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
15124 current_uiout
->redirect (&fp
);
15127 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
.get (), 2);
15129 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15131 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15132 throw_exception (ex
);
15136 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15137 fp
.puts (" end\n");
15140 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15141 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15143 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15144 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15145 special, and not user visible. */
15146 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15148 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15151 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15153 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15157 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15158 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15161 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename
.get ());
15164 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15167 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15169 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15172 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15175 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15177 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15180 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15182 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15183 all_tracepoints (void)
15185 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15186 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15188 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15190 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15197 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15198 locations used by several commands. */
15200 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15201 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15202 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15203 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15204 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15205 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15207 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15208 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15209 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15211 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15212 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15213 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15214 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15215 -function fact -label the_top\".\n\
15217 By default, a specified function is matched against the program's\n\
15218 functions in all scopes. For C++, this means in all namespaces and\n\
15219 classes. For Ada, this means in all packages. E.g., in C++,\n\
15220 \"func()\" matches \"A::func()\", \"A::B::func()\", etc. The\n\
15221 \"-qualified\" flag overrides this behavior, making GDB interpret the\n\
15222 specified name as a complete fully-qualified name instead.\n"
15224 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15225 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15226 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15229 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15230 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15231 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15232 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15233 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15234 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15235 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15238 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15239 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15241 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15242 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15243 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15244 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15245 conditions are different.\n\
15247 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15249 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15250 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15252 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15253 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15256 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
15257 cmd_const_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15258 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15259 void *user_data_catch
,
15260 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15262 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15264 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15266 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15267 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15268 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15270 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15272 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15273 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15274 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15278 save_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15280 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15281 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15282 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15285 struct breakpoint
*
15286 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15289 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15291 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15293 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15300 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15301 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15304 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15306 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15307 non-inline function. */
15308 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15314 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15315 have been inlined. */
15318 pc_at_non_inline_function (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15319 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15321 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15322 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15324 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15326 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15329 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15331 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15332 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15340 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15343 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15345 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15347 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15348 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15349 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15353 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15355 static int initialized
= 0;
15357 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15363 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15364 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15365 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15366 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15367 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15368 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15369 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15370 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15371 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15372 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15373 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15374 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15376 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15377 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15378 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15379 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15380 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15381 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15382 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15383 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15385 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15386 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15387 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15388 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15389 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15390 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15391 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15392 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15393 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15394 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15396 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15397 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15398 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15399 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15400 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15401 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15402 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15404 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15405 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15406 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15407 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15408 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15409 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15410 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15412 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15413 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15414 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15415 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15416 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15417 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15418 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15421 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15422 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15423 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15424 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15425 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15426 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15427 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15428 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15429 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15430 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15431 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15432 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15433 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15435 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15436 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15437 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15438 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15439 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15440 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15441 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15442 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15443 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15444 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15445 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15448 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15449 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15450 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15451 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15452 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15453 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15454 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15455 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
15456 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15457 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
15459 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15460 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15461 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15462 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15463 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
15465 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15466 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15467 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15468 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
15469 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15470 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
15472 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15473 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15474 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15475 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15476 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15477 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15478 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15479 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15480 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15481 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15483 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15484 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15485 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15486 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15487 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15488 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15489 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15490 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15491 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15492 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15494 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15495 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15496 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15497 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15498 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15499 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15500 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15501 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15502 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15503 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15505 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15506 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15507 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15508 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15509 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15510 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15511 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15512 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15513 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15514 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15515 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15517 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15518 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15519 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15520 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15521 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15522 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15523 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15524 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
15525 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
15528 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15530 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15533 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15535 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15537 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15539 gdb::observers::solib_unloaded
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15540 gdb::observers::free_objfile
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
15541 gdb::observers::memory_changed
.attach (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15543 breakpoint_objfile_key
15544 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_objfile_data
);
15546 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15547 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15548 before a breakpoint is set. */
15549 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15551 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15553 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15554 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15555 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15557 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
15558 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
15559 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15560 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
15562 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15563 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15564 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15565 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15566 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15568 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15569 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15570 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15571 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15572 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15574 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15575 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15576 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15577 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15578 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15580 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15581 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15583 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15584 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15585 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15586 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15588 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15589 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15591 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15592 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15593 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15594 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15596 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15597 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15599 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15600 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15601 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15602 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15603 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15604 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15605 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15607 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15609 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15610 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15611 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15612 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15613 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15614 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15616 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15617 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15618 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15621 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15622 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15623 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15626 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15627 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15628 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15629 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15632 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15633 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15634 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15637 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15638 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15639 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15642 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15643 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15644 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15645 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15648 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15649 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15650 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15651 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15652 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15653 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15654 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15655 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15657 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
15658 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15659 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15660 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15661 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15662 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15665 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15666 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15667 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15668 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15670 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15671 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15672 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15673 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15674 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15676 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
15677 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15678 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15679 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15680 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15683 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
15684 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
15685 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
15687 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15688 is executing in.\n"
15689 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
15690 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15691 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15693 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
15694 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
15695 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15696 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15698 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
15699 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
15700 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
15701 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
15705 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
15706 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15707 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15708 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
15709 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
15710 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
15711 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
15712 add_com ("status", class_info
, info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15713 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15714 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15715 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15716 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15717 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15718 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15719 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15720 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15722 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15723 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15724 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15725 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15726 breakpoint set."));
15729 add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15730 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15731 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15732 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15733 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15734 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15735 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15736 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15737 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15739 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15740 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15741 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15742 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15743 breakpoint set."));
15745 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15747 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
15748 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15749 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15750 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15751 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15752 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15753 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15754 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15755 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15756 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15757 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15758 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15759 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15761 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15762 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15763 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15764 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15766 &maintenanceinfolist
);
15768 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
15769 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15770 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
15771 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15773 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
15774 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15775 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
15776 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15778 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15779 catch_fork_command_1
,
15781 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
15782 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
15783 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15784 catch_fork_command_1
,
15786 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
15787 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
15788 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15789 catch_exec_command_1
,
15793 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15794 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15795 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15796 catch_load_command_1
,
15800 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15801 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15802 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15803 catch_unload_command_1
,
15808 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
15809 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15810 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15811 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15812 an expression changes.\n\
15813 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15814 the memory to which it refers."));
15815 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15817 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
15818 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15819 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15820 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15821 an expression is read.\n\
15822 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15823 the memory to which it refers."));
15824 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15826 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
15827 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15828 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15829 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15830 an expression is either read or written.\n\
15831 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15832 the memory to which it refers."));
15833 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15835 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command
, _("\
15836 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15838 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15839 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15840 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
15841 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
15842 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15843 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15844 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15845 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15846 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15849 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
15850 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15852 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
15854 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15856 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
15857 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15859 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15860 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15861 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15863 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
15864 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15865 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15866 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15868 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
15869 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15871 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15872 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15873 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15875 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
15876 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
15878 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15879 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
15880 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
15881 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
15882 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
15883 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15884 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15885 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15886 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15888 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15889 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
15890 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15891 conditions are different.\n\
15893 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15894 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15895 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15897 add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15898 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15899 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15900 last tracepoint set."));
15902 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
15904 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
15905 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15906 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15907 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15909 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
15911 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
15912 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15913 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15914 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15916 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
15918 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
15919 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15920 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15921 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15923 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
15925 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
15926 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15927 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
15928 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
15929 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
15931 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
15932 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
15933 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
15934 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15936 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15937 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
15938 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
15939 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
15940 session to restore them."),
15942 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15944 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15945 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
15946 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
15948 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15950 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
15951 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
15953 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
15954 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15955 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15956 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15957 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
15958 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
15959 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
15960 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15961 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15962 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15963 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
15964 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
15966 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
15967 &pending_break_support
, _("\
15968 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15969 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15970 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
15971 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
15972 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
15973 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
15975 show_pending_break_support
,
15976 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15977 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15979 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
15981 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
15982 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
15983 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15984 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15985 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
15986 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
15987 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
15989 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
15990 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15991 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15993 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
15994 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
15995 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15996 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15997 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
15998 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
15999 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16000 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16001 when execution stops."),
16003 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16004 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16005 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16007 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16008 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16009 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16010 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16011 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16012 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16013 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16014 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16015 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16016 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16017 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16018 be set to \"gdb\""),
16019 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16020 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16021 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16022 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16024 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16025 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16026 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16027 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16028 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16029 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16030 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16031 or the start of the range\n\
16032 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16033 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16034 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16036 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16037 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16038 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16040 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16041 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16042 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16043 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16044 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
16045 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16047 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16048 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16049 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16050 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16051 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16052 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16053 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16054 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16055 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16056 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16057 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16058 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16060 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16061 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16062 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16063 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16064 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16065 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16066 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16068 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16069 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16070 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16071 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16072 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16073 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16074 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16076 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16077 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16078 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16079 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16080 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16081 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16084 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16086 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16087 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16088 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16090 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16092 gdb::observers::about_to_proceed
.attach (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16093 gdb::observers::thread_exit
.attach (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);